summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/bench/example.cpp
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKornelius Kalnbach <murphy@rubychan.de>2011-09-09 02:05:44 +0200
committerKornelius Kalnbach <murphy@rubychan.de>2011-09-09 02:05:44 +0200
commit7567e6e2f18334d3f0b5b3c6c9659a018be00e9e (patch)
tree18104f93126d0fd3b162ffdc2cadd1da104945ff /bench/example.cpp
parent74b05c9f583669849fded8417a8f5003be3b3c6c (diff)
downloadcoderay-7567e6e2f18334d3f0b5b3c6c9659a018be00e9e.tar.gz
remove obsolete big C example code, to make this a Ruby project on GitHub
Diffstat (limited to 'bench/example.cpp')
-rw-r--r--bench/example.cpp13544
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 13544 deletions
diff --git a/bench/example.cpp b/bench/example.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index ba9cf72..0000000
--- a/bench/example.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13544 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************
- ansigenerator.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Jul 5 2004
- copyright : (C) 2004 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "ansigenerator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-
-string AnsiGenerator::getOpenTag(const string&font,
- const string&fgCol, const string&bgCol) {
- ostringstream s;
- s << "\033["<<font;
- if (!fgCol.empty())
- s<<";"<<fgCol;
- if (!bgCol.empty())
- s<<";"<<bgCol;
- s << "m";
- return s.str();
-}
-
-
-AnsiGenerator::AnsiGenerator(const string &colourTheme)
- : CodeGenerator(colourTheme) {
- styleTagOpen.push_back("");
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "31")); //str
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "34"));//number
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "34"));//sl comment
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "34"));//ml comment
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "35"));//escapeChar
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "35"));//directive
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("01", "31"));//directive string
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("00", "30"));//linenum
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("01", "00"));//symbol
-
- styleTagClose.push_back("");
- for (int i=1;i<NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES; i++) {
- styleTagClose.push_back("\033[m");
- }
- newLineTag = "\n";
- spacer = " ";
-}
-
-AnsiGenerator::AnsiGenerator() {}
-AnsiGenerator::~AnsiGenerator() {}
-
-string AnsiGenerator::getHeader(const string & title) {
- return string();
-}
-
-void AnsiGenerator::printBody() {
- processRootState();
-}
-
-string AnsiGenerator::getFooter() {
- return string();
-}
-
-string AnsiGenerator::maskCharacter(unsigned char c) {
- string m;
- m+=c;
- return m;
-}
-
-string AnsiGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID) {
- return (styleID)?getOpenTag("01", "32", ""):getOpenTag("00", "33");
-}
-
-string AnsiGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID) {
- return "\033[m";
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- ansicode.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Jul 5 2004
- copyright : (C) 2004 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ANSIGENERATOR_H
-#define ANSIGENERATOR_H
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "charcodes.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates ANSI escape sequences.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class AnsiGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- */
- AnsiGenerator( const string &colourTheme);
- AnsiGenerator();
- ~AnsiGenerator();
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string & title);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- private:
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
-
- /** gibt ANSI-"Tags" zurueck (Farbindex+bold+kursiv)*/
- string getOpenTag(const string&font,
- const string&fgCol, const string&bgCol="");
-
-
-
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
- };
-
-}
-#endif
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * ASBeautifier.cpp
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- *
- * Patches:
- * 18 March 1999 - Brian Rampel -
- * Fixed inverse insertion of spaces vs. tabs when in -t mode.
- * 08 may 2004
- * applied ASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch.bz2
- */
-
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-#include "ASBeautifier.h"
-
-#include <vector>
-#include <string>
-#include <cctype>
-#include <algorithm>
-#include <iostream>
-
-
-#define INIT_CONTAINER(container, value) {if ( (container) != NULL ) delete (container); (container) = (value); }
-#define DELETE_CONTAINER(container) {if ( (container) != NULL ) delete (container) ; }
-
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-using namespace std;
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-namespace astyle
- {
-#endif
-
- bool ASBeautifier::calledInitStatic = false;
-
- vector<const string*> ASBeautifier::headers;
- vector<const string*> ASBeautifier::nonParenHeaders;
- vector<const string*> ASBeautifier::preBlockStatements;
- vector<const string*> ASBeautifier::assignmentOperators;
- vector<const string*> ASBeautifier::nonAssignmentOperators;
-
- /*
- * initialize the static vars
- */
- void ASBeautifier::initStatic()
- {
- if (calledInitStatic)
- return;
-
- calledInitStatic = true;
-
- headers.push_back(&AS_IF);
- headers.push_back(&AS_ELSE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FOR);
- headers.push_back(&AS_WHILE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_DO);
- headers.push_back(&AS_TRY);
- headers.push_back(&AS_CATCH);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FINALLY);
- headers.push_back(&AS_SYNCHRONIZED);
- headers.push_back(&AS_SWITCH);
- headers.push_back(&AS_CASE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_DEFAULT);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FOREACH);
- headers.push_back(&AS_LOCK);
- headers.push_back(&AS_UNSAFE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FIXED);
- headers.push_back(&AS_GET);
- headers.push_back(&AS_SET);
- headers.push_back(&AS_ADD);
- headers.push_back(&AS_REMOVE);
- //headers.push_back(&AS_PUBLIC);
- //headers.push_back(&AS_PRIVATE);
- //headers.push_back(&AS_PROTECTED);
-
- //headers.push_back(&AS_OPERATOR);
- headers.push_back(&AS_TEMPLATE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_CONST);
- /**/
- headers.push_back(&AS_STATIC);
- headers.push_back(&AS_EXTERN);
-
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_ELSE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_DO);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_TRY);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_FINALLY);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_STATIC);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_CONST);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_EXTERN);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_CASE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_DEFAULT);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_UNSAFE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_GET);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_SET);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_ADD);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_REMOVE);
-
-
-
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_PUBLIC);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_PRIVATE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_PROTECTED);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_TEMPLATE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_CONST);
- /// nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_ASM);
-
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_CLASS);
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_STRUCT);
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_UNION);
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_INTERFACE);
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_NAMESPACE);
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_THROWS);
- preBlockStatements.push_back(&AS_EXTERN);
-
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_PLUS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MINUS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MULT_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_DIV_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MOD_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_OR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_AND_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_XOR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
-
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_RETURN);
-
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_EQUAL);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_PLUS_PLUS);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MINUS_MINUS);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_NOT_EQUAL);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_GR_EQUAL);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_LS_EQUAL);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_ARROW);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_AND);
- nonAssignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_OR);
- }
-
- /**
- * ASBeautifier's constructor
- */
- ASBeautifier::ASBeautifier()
- {
- initStatic();
-
- waitingBeautifierStack = NULL;
- activeBeautifierStack = NULL;
- waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack = NULL;
- activeBeautifierStackLengthStack = NULL;
-
- headerStack = NULL;
- tempStacks = NULL;
- blockParenDepthStack = NULL;
- blockStatementStack = NULL;
- parenStatementStack = NULL;
- bracketBlockStateStack = NULL;
- inStatementIndentStack = NULL;
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack = NULL;
- parenIndentStack = NULL;
- sourceIterator = NULL;
-
- isMinimalConditinalIndentSet = false;
- shouldForceTabIndentation = false;
-
- setSpaceIndentation(4);
- setMaxInStatementIndentLength(40);
- setClassIndent(false);
- setSwitchIndent(false);
- setCaseIndent(false);
- setBlockIndent(false);
- setBracketIndent(false);
- setNamespaceIndent(false);
- setLabelIndent(false);
- setEmptyLineFill(false);
- setCStyle();
- setPreprocessorIndent(false);
- }
-
- ASBeautifier::ASBeautifier(const ASBeautifier &other)
- {
- waitingBeautifierStack = NULL;
- activeBeautifierStack = NULL;
- waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack = NULL;
- activeBeautifierStackLengthStack = NULL;
-
- headerStack = new vector<const string*>;
- *headerStack = *other.headerStack;
-
- tempStacks = new vector< vector<const string*>* >;
- vector< vector<const string*>* >::iterator iter;
- for (iter = other.tempStacks->begin();
- iter != other.tempStacks->end();
- ++iter)
- {
- vector<const string*> *newVec = new vector<const string*>;
- *newVec = **iter;
- tempStacks->push_back(newVec);
- }
- blockParenDepthStack = new vector<int>;
- *blockParenDepthStack = *other.blockParenDepthStack;
-
- blockStatementStack = new vector<bool>;
- *blockStatementStack = *other.blockStatementStack;
-
- parenStatementStack = new vector<bool>;
- *parenStatementStack = *other.parenStatementStack;
-
- bracketBlockStateStack = new vector<bool>;
- *bracketBlockStateStack = *other.bracketBlockStateStack;
-
- inStatementIndentStack = new vector<int>;
- *inStatementIndentStack = *other.inStatementIndentStack;
-
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack = new vector<int>;
- *inStatementIndentStackSizeStack = *other.inStatementIndentStackSizeStack;
-
- parenIndentStack = new vector<int>;
- *parenIndentStack = *other.parenIndentStack;
-
- sourceIterator = other.sourceIterator;
-
- indentString = other.indentString;
- currentHeader = other.currentHeader;
- previousLastLineHeader = other.previousLastLineHeader;
- immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp = other.immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp;
- isInQuote = other.isInQuote;
- isInComment = other.isInComment;
- isInCase = other.isInCase;
- isInQuestion = other.isInQuestion;
- isInStatement =other. isInStatement;
- isInHeader = other.isInHeader;
- isCStyle = other.isCStyle;
- isInOperator = other.isInOperator;
- isInTemplate = other.isInTemplate;
- isInConst = other.isInConst;
- classIndent = other.classIndent;
- isInClassHeader = other.isInClassHeader;
- isInClassHeaderTab = other.isInClassHeaderTab;
- switchIndent = other.switchIndent;
- caseIndent = other.caseIndent;
- namespaceIndent = other.namespaceIndent;
- bracketIndent = other.bracketIndent;
- blockIndent = other.blockIndent;
- labelIndent = other.labelIndent;
- preprocessorIndent = other.preprocessorIndent;
- parenDepth = other.parenDepth;
- indentLength = other.indentLength;
- blockTabCount = other.blockTabCount;
- leadingWhiteSpaces = other.leadingWhiteSpaces;
- maxInStatementIndent = other.maxInStatementIndent;
- templateDepth = other.templateDepth;
- quoteChar = other.quoteChar;
- prevNonSpaceCh = other.prevNonSpaceCh;
- currentNonSpaceCh = other.currentNonSpaceCh;
- currentNonLegalCh = other.currentNonLegalCh;
- prevNonLegalCh = other.prevNonLegalCh;
- isInConditional = other.isInConditional;
- minConditionalIndent = other.minConditionalIndent;
- prevFinalLineSpaceTabCount = other.prevFinalLineSpaceTabCount;
- prevFinalLineTabCount = other.prevFinalLineTabCount;
- emptyLineFill = other.emptyLineFill;
- probationHeader = other.probationHeader;
- isInDefine = other.isInDefine;
- isInDefineDefinition = other.isInDefineDefinition;
- backslashEndsPrevLine = other.backslashEndsPrevLine;
- defineTabCount = other.defineTabCount;
- }
-
- /**
- * ASBeautifier's destructor
- */
- ASBeautifier::~ASBeautifier()
- {
- DELETE_CONTAINER( headerStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( tempStacks );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( blockParenDepthStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( blockStatementStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( parenStatementStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( bracketBlockStateStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( inStatementIndentStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( inStatementIndentStackSizeStack );
- DELETE_CONTAINER( parenIndentStack );
-
- // DELETE_CONTAINER( sourceIterator );
- }
-
- /**
- * initialize the ASBeautifier.
- *
- * init() should be called every time a ABeautifier object is to start
- * beautifying a NEW source file.
- * init() recieves a pointer to a DYNAMICALLY CREATED ASSourceIterator object
- * that will be used to iterate through the source code. This object will be
- * deleted during the ASBeautifier's destruction, and thus should not be
- * deleted elsewhere.
- *
- * @param iter a pointer to the DYNAMICALLY CREATED ASSourceIterator object.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::init(ASSourceIterator *iter)
-
- {
- sourceIterator = iter;
- init();
- }
-
- /**
- * initialize the ASBeautifier.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::init()
- {
- INIT_CONTAINER( waitingBeautifierStack, new vector<ASBeautifier*> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( activeBeautifierStack, new vector<ASBeautifier*> );
-
- INIT_CONTAINER( waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack, new vector<int> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( activeBeautifierStackLengthStack, new vector<int> );
-
- INIT_CONTAINER( headerStack, new vector<const string*> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( tempStacks, new vector< vector<const string*>* > );
- tempStacks->push_back(new vector<const string*>);
-
- INIT_CONTAINER( blockParenDepthStack, new vector<int> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( blockStatementStack, new vector<bool> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( parenStatementStack, new vector<bool> );
-
- INIT_CONTAINER( bracketBlockStateStack, new vector<bool> );
- bracketBlockStateStack->push_back(true);
-
- INIT_CONTAINER( inStatementIndentStack, new vector<int> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( inStatementIndentStackSizeStack, new vector<int> );
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(0);
- INIT_CONTAINER( parenIndentStack, new vector<int> );
-
- immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp = NULL;
- previousLastLineHeader = NULL;
-
- isInQuote = false;
- isInComment = false;
- isInStatement = false;
- isInCase = false;
- isInQuestion = false;
- isInClassHeader = false;
- isInClassHeaderTab = false;
- isInHeader = false;
- isInOperator = false;
- isInTemplate = false;
- isInConst = false;
- isInConditional = false;
- templateDepth = 0;
- parenDepth=0;
- blockTabCount = 0;
- leadingWhiteSpaces = 0;
- prevNonSpaceCh = '{';
- currentNonSpaceCh = '{';
- prevNonLegalCh = '{';
- currentNonLegalCh = '{';
- prevFinalLineSpaceTabCount = 0;
- prevFinalLineTabCount = 0;
- probationHeader = NULL;
- backslashEndsPrevLine = false;
- isInDefine = false;
- isInDefineDefinition = false;
- defineTabCount = 0;
- }
-
- /**
- * set indentation style to ANSI C/C++.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setCStyle()
- {
- isCStyle = true;
- }
-
- /**
- * set indentation style to Java / K&R.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setJavaStyle()
- {
- isCStyle = false;
- }
-
- /**
- * indent using one tab per indentation
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setTabIndentation(int length, bool forceTabs)
- {
- indentString = "\t";
- indentLength = length;
- shouldForceTabIndentation = forceTabs;
-
- if (!isMinimalConditinalIndentSet)
- minConditionalIndent = indentLength * 2;
- }
-
- /**
-
- * indent using a number of spaces per indentation.
- *
- * @param length number of spaces per indent.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setSpaceIndentation(int length)
- {
- indentString=string(length, ' ');
- indentLength = length;
-
- if (!isMinimalConditinalIndentSet)
- minConditionalIndent = indentLength * 2;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the maximum indentation between two lines in a multi-line statement.
- *
- * @param max maximum indentation length.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setMaxInStatementIndentLength(int max)
- {
- maxInStatementIndent = max;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the minimum indentation between two lines in a multi-line condition.
- *
- * @param min minimal indentation length.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setMinConditionalIndentLength(int min)
- {
- minConditionalIndent = min;
- isMinimalConditinalIndentSet = true;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the bracket indentation option. If true, brackets will
- * be indented one additional indent.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setBracketIndent(bool state)
- {
- bracketIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the block indentation option. If true, entire blocks
- * will be indented one additional indent, similar to the GNU indent style.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setBlockIndent(bool state)
- {
- if (state)
- setBracketIndent(false); // so that we don't have both bracket and block indent
- blockIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the class indentation option. If true, C++ class
- * definitions will be indented one additional indent.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setClassIndent(bool state)
- {
- classIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the switch indentation option. If true, blocks of 'switch'
- * statements will be indented one additional indent.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setSwitchIndent(bool state)
- {
- switchIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the case indentation option. If true, lines of 'case'
- * statements will be indented one additional indent.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setCaseIndent(bool state)
- {
- caseIndent = state;
- }
- /**
- * set the state of the namespace indentation option.
- * If true, blocks of 'namespace' statements will be indented one
- * additional indent. Otherwise, NO indentation will be added.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setNamespaceIndent(bool state)
- {
- namespaceIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the label indentation option.
- * If true, labels will be indented one indent LESS than the
- * current indentation level.
- * If false, labels will be flushed to the left with NO
- * indent at all.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setLabelIndent(bool state)
- {
- labelIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the preprocessor indentation option.
- * If true, multiline #define statements will be indented.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setPreprocessorIndent(bool state)
- {
- preprocessorIndent = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set the state of the empty line fill option.
- * If true, empty lines will be filled with the whitespace.
- * of their previous lines.
- * If false, these lines will remain empty.
- *
- * @param state state of option.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::setEmptyLineFill(bool state)
- {
- emptyLineFill = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * check if there are any indented lines ready to be read by nextLine()
- *
- * @return are there any indented lines ready?
- */
- bool ASBeautifier::hasMoreLines() const
- {
- return sourceIterator->hasMoreLines();
- }
-
- /**
- * get the next indented line.
- *
- * @return indented line.
- */
- string ASBeautifier::nextLine()
- {
- return beautify(sourceIterator->nextLine());
- }
-
- /**
- * beautify a line of source code.
- * every line of source code in a source code file should be sent
- * one after the other to the beautify method.
- *
- * @return the indented line.
- * @param originalLine the original unindented line.
- */
- string ASBeautifier::beautify(const string &originalLine)
- {
- string line;
- bool isInLineComment = false;
- bool lineStartsInComment = false;
- bool isInClass = false;
- bool isInSwitch = false;
- bool isImmediatelyAfterConst = false;
- bool isSpecialChar = false;
-
- char ch = ' ';
- char prevCh;
- string outBuffer; // the newly idented line is bufferd here
- int tabCount = 0;
- const string *lastLineHeader = NULL;
- bool closingBracketReached = false;
- int spaceTabCount = 0;
- char tempCh;
- unsigned int headerStackSize = headerStack->size();
- //bool isLineInStatement = isInStatement;
- bool shouldIndentBrackettedLine = true;
- int lineOpeningBlocksNum = 0;
- int lineClosingBlocksNum = 0;
- bool previousLineProbation = (probationHeader != NULL);
- unsigned int i;
-
- currentHeader = NULL;
-
- lineStartsInComment = isInComment;
-
- // handle and remove white spaces around the line:
- // If not in comment, first find out size of white space before line,
- // so that possible comments starting in the line continue in
- // relation to the preliminary white-space.
- if (!isInComment)
- {
- leadingWhiteSpaces = 0;
- while (leadingWhiteSpaces<originalLine.length() && originalLine[leadingWhiteSpaces] <= 0x20)
- leadingWhiteSpaces++;
-
- line = trim(originalLine);
- }
- else
- {
- unsigned int trimSize;
- for (trimSize=0;
- trimSize < originalLine.length() && trimSize<leadingWhiteSpaces && originalLine[trimSize] <= 0x20 ;
- trimSize++)
- ;
- line = originalLine.substr(trimSize);
- }
-
-
- if (line.length() == 0)
- {
- if (emptyLineFill)
- return preLineWS(prevFinalLineSpaceTabCount, prevFinalLineTabCount);
- else
- return line;
- }
-
- // handle preprocessor commands
-
- if (isCStyle && !isInComment && (line[0] == '#' || backslashEndsPrevLine))
- {
- if (line[0] == '#')
- {
- string preproc = trim(string(line.c_str() + 1));
-
-
- // When finding a multi-lined #define statement, the original beautifier
- // 1. sets its isInDefineDefinition flag
- // 2. clones a new beautifier that will be used for the actual indentation
- // of the #define. This clone is put into the activeBeautifierStack in order
- // to be called for the actual indentation.
- // The original beautifier will have isInDefineDefinition = true, isInDefine = false
- // The cloned beautifier will have isInDefineDefinition = true, isInDefine = true
- if (preprocessorIndent && preproc.COMPARE(0, 6, string("define")) == 0 && line[line.length() - 1] == '\\')
- {
- if (!isInDefineDefinition)
- {
- ASBeautifier *defineBeautifier;
-
- // this is the original beautifier
- isInDefineDefinition = true;
-
- // push a new beautifier into the active stack
- // this breautifier will be used for the indentation of this define
- defineBeautifier = new ASBeautifier(*this);
- //defineBeautifier->init();
- //defineBeautifier->isInDefineDefinition = true;
- //defineBeautifier->beautify("");
- activeBeautifierStack->push_back(defineBeautifier);
- }
- else
- {
- // the is the cloned beautifier that is in charge of indenting the #define.
- isInDefine = true;
- }
- }
- else if (preproc.COMPARE(0, 2, string("if")) == 0)
- {
- // push a new beautifier into the stack
- waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->push_back(waitingBeautifierStack->size());
- activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->push_back(activeBeautifierStack->size());
- waitingBeautifierStack->push_back(new ASBeautifier(*this));
- }
- else if (preproc.COMPARE(0, 4/*2*/, string("else")) == 0)
- {
- if (!waitingBeautifierStack->empty())
- {
- // MOVE current waiting beautifier to active stack.
- activeBeautifierStack->push_back(waitingBeautifierStack->back());
- waitingBeautifierStack->pop_back();
- }
- }
- else if (preproc.COMPARE(0, 4, string("elif")) == 0)
- {
- if (!waitingBeautifierStack->empty())
- {
- // append a COPY current waiting beautifier to active stack, WITHOUT deleting the original.
- activeBeautifierStack->push_back( new ASBeautifier( *(waitingBeautifierStack->back()) ) );
- }
- }
- else if (preproc.COMPARE(0, 5, string("endif")) == 0)
- {
- unsigned int stackLength;
- ASBeautifier *beautifier;
-
- if (!waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->empty())
- {
- stackLength = waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->back();
- waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->pop_back();
- while (waitingBeautifierStack->size() > stackLength)
- {
- beautifier = waitingBeautifierStack->back();
- waitingBeautifierStack->pop_back();
- delete beautifier;
- }
- }
-
- if (!activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->empty())
- {
- stackLength = activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->back();
- activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->pop_back();
- while (activeBeautifierStack->size() > stackLength)
- {
- beautifier = activeBeautifierStack->back();
- activeBeautifierStack->pop_back();
- delete beautifier;
- }
- }
-
-
- }
- }
-
- // check if the last char is a backslash
- if(line.length() > 0)
- backslashEndsPrevLine = (line[line.length() - 1] == '\\');
- else
- backslashEndsPrevLine = false;
-
- // check if this line ends a multi-line #define
- // if so, use the #define's cloned beautifier for the line's indentation
- // and then remove it from the active beautifier stack and delete it.
- if (!backslashEndsPrevLine && isInDefineDefinition && !isInDefine)
- {
- string beautifiedLine;
- ASBeautifier *defineBeautifier;
-
- isInDefineDefinition = false;
- defineBeautifier = activeBeautifierStack->back();
- activeBeautifierStack->pop_back();
-
- beautifiedLine = defineBeautifier->beautify(line);
- delete defineBeautifier;
- return beautifiedLine;
- }
-
- // unless this is a multi-line #define, return this precompiler line as is.
- if (!isInDefine && !isInDefineDefinition)
- return originalLine;
- }
-
- // if there exists any worker beautifier in the activeBeautifierStack,
- // then use it instead of me to indent the current line.
- if (!isInDefine && activeBeautifierStack != NULL && !activeBeautifierStack->empty())
- {
- return activeBeautifierStack->back()->beautify(line);
- }
-
- // calculate preliminary indentation based on data from past lines
- if (!inStatementIndentStack->empty())
- spaceTabCount = inStatementIndentStack->back();
-
-
- for (i=0; i<headerStackSize; i++)
- {
- isInClass = false;
-
- if (blockIndent || (!(i>0 && (*headerStack)[i-1] != &AS_OPEN_BRACKET
- && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET)))
- ++tabCount;
-
- if (isCStyle && !namespaceIndent && i >= 1
- && (*headerStack)[i-1] == &AS_NAMESPACE
- && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET)
- --tabCount;
-
- if (isCStyle && i >= 1
- && (*headerStack)[i-1] == &AS_CLASS
- && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET )
- {
- if (classIndent)
- ++tabCount;
- isInClass = true;
- }
-
- // is the switchIndent option is on, indent switch statements an additional indent.
- else if (switchIndent && i > 1 &&
- (*headerStack)[i-1] == &AS_SWITCH &&
- (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET
- )
- {
- ++tabCount;
- isInSwitch = true;
- }
-
- }
-
- if (!lineStartsInComment
- && isCStyle
- && isInClass
- && classIndent
- && headerStackSize >= 2
- &&(*headerStack)[headerStackSize-2] == &AS_CLASS
- && (*headerStack)[headerStackSize-1] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET
- && line[0] == '}')
- --tabCount;
-
- else if (!lineStartsInComment
- && isInSwitch
- && switchIndent
- && headerStackSize >= 2
- && (*headerStack)[headerStackSize-2] == &AS_SWITCH
- && (*headerStack)[headerStackSize-1] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET
- && line[0] == '}')
- --tabCount;
-
- if (isInClassHeader)
- {
- isInClassHeaderTab = true;
- tabCount += 2;
- }
-
- if (isInConditional)
- {
- --tabCount;
- }
-
-
- // parse characters in the current line.
-
- for (i=0; i<line.length(); i++)
- {
- tempCh = line[i];
-
- prevCh = ch;
- ch = tempCh;
-
- outBuffer.append(1, ch);
-
- if (isWhiteSpace(ch))
- continue;
-
-
- // handle special characters (i.e. backslash+character such as \n, \t, ...)
- if (isSpecialChar)
- {
- isSpecialChar = false;
- continue;
- }
- if (!(isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.COMPARE(i, 2, string("\\\\")) == 0)
- {
- outBuffer.append(1, '\\');
- i++;
- continue;
- }
- if (!(isInComment || isInLineComment) && ch=='\\')
- {
- isSpecialChar = true;
- continue;
- }
-
- // handle quotes (such as 'x' and "Hello Dolly")
- if (!(isInComment || isInLineComment) && (ch=='"' || ch=='\''))
- if (!isInQuote)
- {
- quoteChar = ch;
- isInQuote = true;
- }
- else if (quoteChar == ch)
- {
- isInQuote = false;
- isInStatement = true;
- continue;
- }
- if (isInQuote)
- continue;
-
- // handle comments
-
- if ( !(isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.COMPARE(i, 2, AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT) == 0 )
- {
- isInLineComment = true;
- outBuffer.append(1, '/');
- i++;
- continue;
- }
- else if ( !(isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.COMPARE(i, 2, AS_OPEN_COMMENT) == 0 )
- {
- isInComment = true;
- outBuffer.append(1, '*');
- i++;
- continue;
- }
- else if ( (isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.COMPARE(i, 2, AS_CLOSE_COMMENT) == 0 )
- {
- isInComment = false;
- outBuffer.append(1, '/');
- i++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (isInComment||isInLineComment)
- continue;
-
- // if we have reached this far then we are NOT in a comment or string of special character...
-
- if (probationHeader != NULL)
- {
- if ( ((probationHeader == &AS_STATIC || probationHeader == &AS_CONST) && ch == '{')
- || (probationHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED && ch == '('))
- {
- // insert the probation header as a new header
- isInHeader = true;
- headerStack->push_back(probationHeader);
-
- // handle the specific probation header
- isInConditional = (probationHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED);
- if (probationHeader == &AS_CONST)
- isImmediatelyAfterConst = true;
- // isInConst = true;
- /* TODO:
- * There is actually no more need for the global isInConst variable.
- * The only reason for checking const is to see if there is a const
- * immediately before an open-bracket.
- * Since CONST is now put into probation and is checked during itspost-char,
- * isImmediatelyAfterConst can be set by its own...
- */
-
- isInStatement = false;
- // if the probation comes from the previous line, then indent by 1 tab count.
- if (previousLineProbation && ch == '{')
- tabCount++;
- previousLineProbation = false;
- }
-
- // dismiss the probation header
- probationHeader = NULL;
- }
-
- prevNonSpaceCh = currentNonSpaceCh;
- currentNonSpaceCh = ch;
- if (!isLegalNameChar(ch) && ch != ',' && ch != ';' )
- {
- prevNonLegalCh = currentNonLegalCh;
- currentNonLegalCh = ch;
- }
-
- //if (isInConst)
- //{
- // isInConst = false;
- // isImmediatelyAfterConst = true;
- //}
-
- if (isInHeader)
- {
- isInHeader = false;
- currentHeader = headerStack->back();
- }
- else
- currentHeader = NULL;
-
- if (isCStyle && isInTemplate
- && (ch == '<' || ch == '>')
- && findHeader(line, i, nonAssignmentOperators) == NULL) //;
- {
- if (ch == '<')
- {
- ++templateDepth;
- }
- else if (ch == '>')
- {
- if (--templateDepth <= 0)
- {
- if (isInTemplate)
- ch = ';';
- else
- ch = 't';
- isInTemplate = false;
- templateDepth = 0;
- }
-
- }
- }
-
- // handle parenthesies
- if (ch == '(' || ch == '[' || ch == ')' || ch == ']')
- {
- if (ch == '(' || ch == '[')
- {
- if (parenDepth == 0)
- {
- parenStatementStack->push_back(isInStatement);
- isInStatement = true;
- }
- parenDepth++;
-
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(inStatementIndentStack->size());
-
- if (currentHeader != NULL)
- registerInStatementIndent(line, i, spaceTabCount, minConditionalIndent/*indentLength*2*/, true);
- else
- registerInStatementIndent(line, i, spaceTabCount, 0, true);
- }
- else if (ch == ')' || ch == ']')
- {
- parenDepth--;
- if (parenDepth == 0)
- {
- isInStatement = parenStatementStack->back();
- parenStatementStack->pop_back();
- ch = ' ';
-
- isInConditional = false;
- }
-
- if (!inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
- {
- unsigned int previousIndentStackSize = inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->back();
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->pop_back();
- while (previousIndentStackSize < inStatementIndentStack->size())
- inStatementIndentStack->pop_back();
-
- if (!parenIndentStack->empty())
- {
- int poppedIndent = parenIndentStack->back();
- parenIndentStack->pop_back();
-
- if (i == 0)
- spaceTabCount = poppedIndent;
- }
- }
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
-
- if (ch == '{')
- {
- bool isBlockOpener = false;
-
- // first, check if '{' is a block-opener or an static-array opener
- isBlockOpener = ( (prevNonSpaceCh == '{' && bracketBlockStateStack->back())
- || prevNonSpaceCh == '}'
- || prevNonSpaceCh == ')'
- || prevNonSpaceCh == ';'
- || isInClassHeader
- || isBlockOpener
- || isImmediatelyAfterConst
- || (isInDefine &&
- (prevNonSpaceCh == '('
- || prevNonSpaceCh == '_'
- || isalnum(prevNonSpaceCh))) );
-
- isInClassHeader = false;
- if (!isBlockOpener && currentHeader != NULL)
- {
- for (unsigned int n=0; n < nonParenHeaders.size(); n++)
- if (currentHeader == nonParenHeaders[n])
- {
- isBlockOpener = true;
- break;
- }
- }
- bracketBlockStateStack->push_back(isBlockOpener);
- if (!isBlockOpener)
- {
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(inStatementIndentStack->size());
- registerInStatementIndent(line, i, spaceTabCount, 0, true);
- parenDepth++;
- if (i == 0)
- shouldIndentBrackettedLine = false;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- // this bracket is a block opener...
-
- ++lineOpeningBlocksNum;
-
- if (isInClassHeader)
- isInClassHeader = false;
- if (isInClassHeaderTab)
- {
- isInClassHeaderTab = false;
- tabCount -= 2;
- }
-
- blockParenDepthStack->push_back(parenDepth);
- blockStatementStack->push_back(isInStatement);
-
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(inStatementIndentStack->size());
-
- blockTabCount += isInStatement? 1 : 0;
- parenDepth = 0;
- isInStatement = false;
-
- tempStacks->push_back(new vector<const string*>);
- headerStack->push_back(&AS_OPEN_BRACKET);
- lastLineHeader = &AS_OPEN_BRACKET; // <------
-
- continue;
- }
-
- //check if a header has been reached
- if (prevCh == ' ')
- {
- bool isIndentableHeader = true;
- const string *newHeader = findHeader(line, i, headers);
- if (newHeader != NULL)
- {
- // if we reached here, then this is a header...
- isInHeader = true;
-
- vector<const string*> *lastTempStack;
- if (tempStacks->empty())
- lastTempStack = NULL;
- else
- lastTempStack = tempStacks->back();
-
- // if a new block is opened, push a new stack into tempStacks to hold the
- // future list of headers in the new block.
-
- // take care of the special case: 'else if (...)'
- if (newHeader == &AS_IF && lastLineHeader == &AS_ELSE)
- {
- //spaceTabCount += indentLength; // to counter the opposite addition that occurs when the 'if' is registered below...
- headerStack->pop_back();
- }
-
- // take care of 'else'
- else if (newHeader == &AS_ELSE)
- {
- if (lastTempStack != NULL)
- {
- int indexOfIf = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_IF); // <---
- if (indexOfIf != -1)
- {
- // recreate the header list in headerStack up to the previous 'if'
- // from the temporary snapshot stored in lastTempStack.
- int restackSize = lastTempStack->size() - indexOfIf - 1;
- for (int r=0; r<restackSize; r++)
- {
- headerStack->push_back(lastTempStack->back());
- lastTempStack->pop_back();
- }
- if (!closingBracketReached)
- tabCount += restackSize;
- }
- /*
- * If the above if is not true, i.e. no 'if' before the 'else',
- * then nothing beautiful will come out of this...
- * I should think about inserting an Exception here to notify the caller of this...
- */
- }
- }
-
- // check if 'while' closes a previous 'do'
- else if (newHeader == &AS_WHILE)
- {
- if (lastTempStack != NULL)
- {
- int indexOfDo = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_DO); // <---
- if (indexOfDo != -1)
- {
- // recreate the header list in headerStack up to the previous 'do'
- // from the temporary snapshot stored in lastTempStack.
- int restackSize = lastTempStack->size() - indexOfDo - 1;
- for (int r=0; r<restackSize; r++)
- {
- headerStack->push_back(lastTempStack->back());
- lastTempStack->pop_back();
- }
- if (!closingBracketReached)
- tabCount += restackSize;
- }
- }
- }
- // check if 'catch' closes a previous 'try' or 'catch'
- else if (newHeader == &AS_CATCH || newHeader == &AS_FINALLY)
- {
- if (lastTempStack != NULL)
- {
- int indexOfTry = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_TRY);
- if (indexOfTry == -1)
- indexOfTry = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_CATCH);
- if (indexOfTry != -1)
- {
- // recreate the header list in headerStack up to the previous 'try'
- // from the temporary snapshot stored in lastTempStack.
- int restackSize = lastTempStack->size() - indexOfTry - 1;
- for (int r=0; r<restackSize; r++)
- {
- headerStack->push_back(lastTempStack->back());
- lastTempStack->pop_back();
- }
-
- if (!closingBracketReached)
- tabCount += restackSize;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (newHeader == &AS_CASE)
- {
- isInCase = true;
- if (!caseIndent)
- --tabCount;
- }
- else if(newHeader == &AS_DEFAULT)
- {
- isInCase = true;
- if (!caseIndent)
- --tabCount;
- }
- else if (newHeader == &AS_PUBLIC || newHeader == &AS_PROTECTED || newHeader == &AS_PRIVATE)
- {
- if (isCStyle && !isInClassHeader)
- --tabCount;
- isIndentableHeader = false;
- }
- //else if ((newHeader == &STATIC || newHeader == &SYNCHRONIZED) &&
- // !headerStack->empty() &&
- // (headerStack->back() == &STATIC || headerStack->back() == &SYNCHRONIZED))
- //{
- // isIndentableHeader = false;
- //}
- else if (newHeader == &AS_STATIC
- || newHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED
- || (newHeader == &AS_CONST && isCStyle))
- {
- if (!headerStack->empty() &&
- (headerStack->back() == &AS_STATIC
- || headerStack->back() == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED
- || headerStack->back() == &AS_CONST))
- {
- isIndentableHeader = false;
- }
- else
- {
- isIndentableHeader = false;
- probationHeader = newHeader;
- }
- }
- else if (newHeader == &AS_CONST)
- {
- // this will be entered only if NOT in C style
- // since otherwise the CONST would be found to be a probstion header...
-
- //if (isCStyle)
- // isInConst = true;
- isIndentableHeader = false;
- }
- /*
- else if (newHeader == &OPERATOR)
- {
- if (isCStyle)
- isInOperator = true;
- isIndentableHeader = false;
- }
- */
- else if (newHeader == &AS_TEMPLATE)
- {
- if (isCStyle)
- isInTemplate = true;
- isIndentableHeader = false;
- }
-
-
- if (isIndentableHeader)
- {
- // 3.2.99
- //spaceTabCount-=indentLength;
- headerStack->push_back(newHeader);
- isInStatement = false;
- if (indexOf(nonParenHeaders, newHeader) == -1)
- {
- isInConditional = true;
- }
- lastLineHeader = newHeader;
- }
- else
- isInHeader = false;
-
- //lastLineHeader = newHeader;
-
- outBuffer.append(newHeader->substr(1));
- i += newHeader->length() - 1;
-
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if (isCStyle && !isalpha(prevCh)
- && line.COMPARE(i, 8, AS_OPERATOR) == 0 && !isalnum(line[i+8]))
- {
- isInOperator = true;
- outBuffer.append(AS_OPERATOR.substr(1));
- i += 7;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (ch == '?')
- isInQuestion = true;
-
-
- // special handling of 'case' statements
- if (ch == ':')
- {
- if (line.length() > i+1 && line[i+1] == ':') // look for ::
- {
- ++i;
- outBuffer.append(1, ':');
- ch = ' ';
- continue;
- }
-
- else if (isCStyle && isInClass && prevNonSpaceCh != ')')
- {
- // BEGIN Content of ASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch:
-
- unsigned int chIndex;
- char nextCh = 0;
- for (chIndex = i+1; chIndex < line.length(); chIndex++)
- if (!isWhiteSpace(line[chIndex]))
- break;
- if (chIndex< line.length())
- nextCh = line[chIndex];
- int nWord =0;
- for (chIndex = 0; chIndex < i; chIndex++)
- {
- if (!isWhiteSpace(line[chIndex]))
- {
- nWord ++;
- while (!isWhiteSpace(line[++chIndex]));
- }
- }
- if ((nextCh >= '0' && nextCh <= '9') || (nWord >1))
- continue;
- // END Content of ASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch:
-
- --tabCount;
- // found a 'private:' or 'public:' inside a class definition
- // so do nothing special
- }
-
- else if (isCStyle && isInClassHeader)
- {
-
- // found a 'class A : public B' definition
- // so do nothing special
- }
-
- else if (isInQuestion)
- {
- isInQuestion = false;
- }
- else if (isCStyle && prevNonSpaceCh == ')')
- {
- isInClassHeader = true;
- if (i==0)
- tabCount += 2;
- }
- else
- {
- currentNonSpaceCh = ';'; // so that brackets after the ':' will appear as block-openers
- if (isInCase)
- {
- isInCase = false;
- ch = ';'; // from here on, treat char as ';'
- }
- // BEGIN content of ASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch.bz2
- else // bitfield or labels
- {
- unsigned int chIndex;
- char nextCh = 0;
- for (chIndex = i+1; (isCStyle && chIndex < line.length()); chIndex++)
- if (!isWhiteSpace(line[chIndex]))
- break;
- if (chIndex< line.length())
- nextCh = line[chIndex];
-
- int nWord =0;
- for (chIndex = 0; chIndex < i; chIndex++)
- {
- if (!isWhiteSpace(line[chIndex]))
- {
- nWord ++;
- while (!isWhiteSpace(line[++chIndex]));
- }
- }
- if (isCStyle && (nextCh >= '0' && nextCh <= '9') || (nWord >1))
- {
- continue;
- }
- // END content of ASASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch.bz2
-
- else // is in a label (e.g. 'label1:')
- {
- if (labelIndent)
- --tabCount; // unindent label by one indent
- else
- tabCount = 0; // completely flush indent to left
- }
-
- // BEGIN content of ASASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch.bz2
- }
- // END content of ASASBeautifier.cpp.BITFIELD.patch.bz2
-
- }
- }
-
- if ((ch == ';' || (parenDepth>0 && ch == ',')) && !inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
- while ((unsigned int)inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->back() + (parenDepth>0 ? 1 : 0) < inStatementIndentStack->size())
- inStatementIndentStack->pop_back();
-
-
- // handle ends of statements
- if ( (ch == ';' && parenDepth == 0) || ch == '}'/* || (ch == ',' && parenDepth == 0)*/)
- {
- if (ch == '}')
- {
- // first check if this '}' closes a previous block, or a static array...
- if (!bracketBlockStateStack->empty())
- {
- bool bracketBlockState = bracketBlockStateStack->back();
- bracketBlockStateStack->pop_back();
- if (!bracketBlockState)
- {
- if (!inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
- {
- // this bracket is a static array
-
- unsigned int previousIndentStackSize = inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->back();
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->pop_back();
- while (previousIndentStackSize < inStatementIndentStack->size())
- inStatementIndentStack->pop_back();
- parenDepth--;
- if (i == 0)
- shouldIndentBrackettedLine = false;
-
- if (!parenIndentStack->empty())
- {
- int poppedIndent = parenIndentStack->back();
- parenIndentStack->pop_back();
- if (i == 0)
- spaceTabCount = poppedIndent;
- }
- }
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- // this bracket is block closer...
-
- ++lineClosingBlocksNum;
-
- if(!inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
- inStatementIndentStackSizeStack->pop_back();
-
- if (!blockParenDepthStack->empty())
- {
- parenDepth = blockParenDepthStack->back();
- blockParenDepthStack->pop_back();
- isInStatement = blockStatementStack->back();
- blockStatementStack->pop_back();
-
- if (isInStatement)
- blockTabCount--;
- }
-
- closingBracketReached = true;
- int headerPlace = indexOf(*headerStack, &AS_OPEN_BRACKET); // <---
- if (headerPlace != -1)
- {
- const string *popped = headerStack->back();
- while (popped != &AS_OPEN_BRACKET)
- {
- headerStack->pop_back();
- popped = headerStack->back();
- }
- headerStack->pop_back();
-
- if (!tempStacks->empty())
- {
- vector<const string*> *temp = tempStacks->back();
- tempStacks->pop_back();
- delete temp;
- }
- }
-
-
- ch = ' '; // needed due to cases such as '}else{', so that headers ('else' tn tih case) will be identified...
- }
-
- /*
- * Create a temporary snapshot of the current block's header-list in the
- * uppermost inner stack in tempStacks, and clear the headerStack up to
- * the begining of the block.
- * Thus, the next future statement will think it comes one indent past
- * the block's '{' unless it specifically checks for a companion-header
- * (such as a previous 'if' for an 'else' header) within the tempStacks,
- * and recreates the temporary snapshot by manipulating the tempStacks.
- */
- if (!tempStacks->back()->empty())
- while (!tempStacks->back()->empty())
- tempStacks->back()->pop_back();
- while (!headerStack->empty() && headerStack->back() != &AS_OPEN_BRACKET)
- {
- tempStacks->back()->push_back(headerStack->back());
- headerStack->pop_back();
- }
-
- if (parenDepth == 0 && ch == ';')
- isInStatement=false;
-
- isInClassHeader = false;
-
- continue;
- }
-
-
- // check for preBlockStatements ONLY if not within parenthesies
- // (otherwise 'struct XXX' statements would be wrongly interpreted...)
- if (prevCh == ' ' && !isInTemplate && parenDepth == 0)
- {
- const string *newHeader = findHeader(line, i, preBlockStatements);
- if (newHeader != NULL)
- {
- isInClassHeader = true;
- outBuffer.append(newHeader->substr(1));
- i += newHeader->length() - 1;
- //if (isCStyle)
- headerStack->push_back(newHeader);
- }
- }
-
- // Handle operators
- //
-
- //// // PRECHECK if a '==' or '--' or '++' operator was reached.
- //// // If not, then register an indent IF an assignment operator was reached.
- //// // The precheck is important, so that statements such as 'i--==2' are not recognized
- //// // to have assignment operators (here, '-=') in them . . .
-
- const string *foundAssignmentOp = NULL;
- const string *foundNonAssignmentOp = NULL;
-
- immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp = NULL;
-
- // Check if an operator has been reached.
- foundAssignmentOp = findHeader(line, i, assignmentOperators, false);
- foundNonAssignmentOp = findHeader(line, i, nonAssignmentOperators, false);
-
- // Since findHeader's boundry checking was not used above, it is possible
- // that both an assignment op and a non-assignment op where found,
- // e.g. '>>' and '>>='. If this is the case, treat the LONGER one as the
- // found operator.
- if (foundAssignmentOp != NULL && foundNonAssignmentOp != NULL)
- if (foundAssignmentOp->length() < foundNonAssignmentOp->length())
- foundAssignmentOp = NULL;
- else
- foundNonAssignmentOp = NULL;
-
- if (foundNonAssignmentOp != NULL)
- {
- if (foundNonAssignmentOp->length() > 1)
- {
- outBuffer.append(foundNonAssignmentOp->substr(1));
- i += foundNonAssignmentOp->length() - 1;
- }
- }
-
- else if (foundAssignmentOp != NULL)
-
- {
- if (foundAssignmentOp->length() > 1)
- {
- outBuffer.append(foundAssignmentOp->substr(1));
- i += foundAssignmentOp->length() - 1;
- }
-
- if (!isInOperator && !isInTemplate)
- {
- registerInStatementIndent(line, i, spaceTabCount, 0, false);
- immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp = foundAssignmentOp;
- isInStatement = true;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp = NULL;
- bool isNonAssingmentOperator = false;
- for (int n = 0; n < nonAssignmentOperators.size(); n++)
- if (line.COMPARE(i, nonAssignmentOperators[n]->length(), *(nonAssignmentOperators[n])) == 0)
- {
- if (nonAssignmentOperators[n]->length() > 1)
- {
- outBuffer.append(nonAssignmentOperators[n]->substr(1));
- i += nonAssignmentOperators[n]->length() - 1;
- }
- isNonAssingmentOperator = true;
- break;
- }
- if (!isNonAssingmentOperator)
- {
- for (int a = 0; a < assignmentOperators.size(); a++)
- if (line.COMPARE(i, assignmentOperators[a]->length(), *(assignmentOperators[a])) == 0)
- {
- if (assignmentOperators[a]->length() > 1)
- {
- outBuffer.append(assignmentOperators[a]->substr(1));
- i += assignmentOperators[a]->length() - 1;
- }
-
- if (!isInOperator && !isInTemplate)
- {
- registerInStatementIndent(line, i, spaceTabCount, 0, false);
- immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp = assignmentOperators[a];
- isInStatement = true;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- */
-
- if (isInOperator)
- isInOperator = false;
- }
-
- // handle special cases of unindentation:
-
- /*
- * if '{' doesn't follow an immediately previous '{' in the headerStack
- * (but rather another header such as "for" or "if", then unindent it
- * by one indentation relative to its block.
- */
- // cerr << endl << lineOpeningBlocksNum << " " << lineClosingBlocksNum << " " << previousLastLineHeader << endl;
-
- // indent #define lines with one less tab
- //if (isInDefine)
- // tabCount -= defineTabCount-1;
-
-
- if (!lineStartsInComment
- && !blockIndent
- && outBuffer.length()>0
- && outBuffer[0]=='{'
- && !(lineOpeningBlocksNum > 0 && lineOpeningBlocksNum == lineClosingBlocksNum)
- && !(headerStack->size() > 1 && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size()-2] == &AS_OPEN_BRACKET)
- && shouldIndentBrackettedLine)
- --tabCount;
-
- else if (!lineStartsInComment
- && outBuffer.length()>0
- && outBuffer[0]=='}'
- && shouldIndentBrackettedLine )
- --tabCount;
-
- // correctly indent one-line-blocks...
- else if (!lineStartsInComment
- && outBuffer.length()>0
- && lineOpeningBlocksNum > 0
- && lineOpeningBlocksNum == lineClosingBlocksNum
- && previousLastLineHeader != NULL
- && previousLastLineHeader != &AS_OPEN_BRACKET)
- tabCount -= 1; //lineOpeningBlocksNum - (blockIndent ? 1 : 0);
-
- if (tabCount < 0)
- tabCount = 0;
-
- // take care of extra bracket indentatation option...
- if (bracketIndent && outBuffer.length()>0 && shouldIndentBrackettedLine)
- if (outBuffer[0]=='{' || outBuffer[0]=='}')
- tabCount++;
-
-
- if (isInDefine)
- {
- if (outBuffer[0] == '#')
- {
- string preproc = trim(string(outBuffer.c_str() + 1));
- if (preproc.COMPARE(0, 6, string("define")) == 0)
- {
- if (!inStatementIndentStack->empty()
- && inStatementIndentStack->back() > 0)
- {
- defineTabCount = tabCount;
- }
- else
- {
- defineTabCount = tabCount - 1;
- tabCount--;
- }
- }
- }
-
- tabCount -= defineTabCount;
- }
-
- if (tabCount < 0)
- tabCount = 0;
-
-
- // finally, insert indentations into begining of line
-
- prevFinalLineSpaceTabCount = spaceTabCount;
- prevFinalLineTabCount = tabCount;
-
- if (shouldForceTabIndentation)
- {
- tabCount += spaceTabCount / indentLength;
- spaceTabCount = spaceTabCount % indentLength;
- }
-
- outBuffer = preLineWS(spaceTabCount,tabCount) + outBuffer;
-
- if (lastLineHeader != NULL)
- previousLastLineHeader = lastLineHeader;
-
- return outBuffer;
- }
-
-
- string ASBeautifier::preLineWS(int spaceTabCount, int tabCount)
- {
- string ws;
-
- for (int i=0; i<tabCount; i++)
- ws += indentString;
-
- while ((spaceTabCount--) > 0)
- ws += string(" ");
-
- return ws;
-
- }
-
- /**
- * register an in-statement indent.
- */
- void ASBeautifier::registerInStatementIndent(const string &line, int i, int spaceTabCount,
- int minIndent, bool updateParenStack)
- {
- int inStatementIndent;
- int remainingCharNum = line.length() - i;
- int nextNonWSChar = 1;
-
- nextNonWSChar = getNextProgramCharDistance(line, i);
-
- // if indent is around the last char in the line, indent instead 2 spaces from the previous indent
- if (nextNonWSChar == remainingCharNum)
- {
- int previousIndent = spaceTabCount;
- if (!inStatementIndentStack->empty())
- previousIndent = inStatementIndentStack->back();
-
- inStatementIndentStack->push_back(/*2*/ indentLength + previousIndent );
- if (updateParenStack)
- parenIndentStack->push_back( previousIndent );
- return;
- }
-
- if (updateParenStack)
- parenIndentStack->push_back(i+spaceTabCount);
-
- inStatementIndent = i + nextNonWSChar + spaceTabCount;
-
- if (i + nextNonWSChar < minIndent)
- inStatementIndent = minIndent + spaceTabCount;
-
- if (i + nextNonWSChar > maxInStatementIndent)
- inStatementIndent = indentLength*2 + spaceTabCount;
-
-
-
- if (!inStatementIndentStack->empty() &&
- inStatementIndent < inStatementIndentStack->back())
- inStatementIndent = inStatementIndentStack->back();
-
- inStatementIndentStack->push_back(inStatementIndent);
- }
-
- /**
- * get distance to the next non-white sspace, non-comment character in the line.
- * if no such character exists, return the length remaining to the end of the line.
- */
- int ASBeautifier::getNextProgramCharDistance(const string &line, int i)
- {
- bool inComment = false;
- int remainingCharNum = line.length() - i;
- int charDistance = 1;
- int ch;
-
- for (charDistance = 1; charDistance < remainingCharNum; charDistance++)
- {
- ch = line[i + charDistance];
- if (inComment)
- {
- if (line.COMPARE(i + charDistance, 2, AS_CLOSE_COMMENT) == 0)
- {
- charDistance++;
- inComment = false;
- }
- continue;
- }
- else if (isWhiteSpace(ch))
- continue;
- else if (ch == '/')
- {
- if (line.COMPARE(i + charDistance, 2, AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT) == 0)
- return remainingCharNum;
- else if (line.COMPARE(i + charDistance, 2, AS_OPEN_COMMENT) == 0)
- {
- charDistance++;
- inComment = true;
- }
- }
- else
- return charDistance;
- }
-
- return charDistance;
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if a specific character can be used in a legal variable/method/class name
- *
- * @return legality of the char.
- * @param ch the character to be checked.
- */
- bool ASBeautifier::isLegalNameChar(char ch) const
- {
- return (isalnum(ch) //(ch>='a' && ch<='z') || (ch>='A' && ch<='Z') || (ch>='0' && ch<='9') ||
- || ch=='.' || ch=='_' || (!isCStyle && ch=='$') || (isCStyle && ch=='~'));
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if a specific line position contains a header, out of several possible headers.
- *
- * @return a pointer to the found header. if no header was found then return NULL.
- */
- const string *ASBeautifier::findHeader(const string &line, int i, const vector<const string*> &possibleHeaders, bool checkBoundry)
- {
- int maxHeaders = possibleHeaders.size();
- const string *header = NULL;
- int p;
-
- for (p=0; p < maxHeaders; p++)
- {
- header = possibleHeaders[p];
-
- if (line.COMPARE(i, header->length(), *header) == 0)
- {
- // check that this is a header and not a part of a longer word
- // (e.g. not at its begining, not at its middle...)
-
- int lineLength = line.length();
- int headerEnd = i + header->length();
- char startCh = (*header)[0]; // first char of header
- char endCh = 0; // char just after header
- char prevCh = 0; // char just before header
-
- if (headerEnd < lineLength)
- {
- endCh = line[headerEnd];
- }
- if (i > 0)
- {
- prevCh = line[i-1];
- }
-
- if (!checkBoundry)
- {
- return header;
- }
- else if (prevCh != 0
- && isLegalNameChar(startCh)
- && isLegalNameChar(prevCh))
- {
- return NULL;
- }
- else if (headerEnd >= lineLength
- || !isLegalNameChar(startCh)
- || !isLegalNameChar(endCh))
- {
- return header;
- }
- else
- {
- return NULL;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if a specific character can be used in a legal variable/method/class name
- *
- * @return legality of the char.
- * @param ch the character to be checked.
- */
- bool ASBeautifier::isWhiteSpace(char ch) const
- {
- return (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t');
- }
-
- /**
- * find the index number of a string element in a container of strings
- *
- * @return the index number of element in the ocntainer. -1 if element not found.
- * @param container a vector of strings.
- * @param element the element to find .
- */
- int ASBeautifier::indexOf(vector<const string*> &container, const string *element)
- {
- vector<const string*>::const_iterator where;
-
- where= find(container.begin(), container.end(), element);
- if (where == container.end())
- return -1;
- else
- return where - container.begin();
- }
-
- /**
- * trim removes the white space surrounding a line.
- *
- * @return the trimmed line.
- * @param str the line to trim.
- */
- string ASBeautifier::trim(const string &str)
- {
-
- int start = 0;
- int end = str.length() - 1;
-
- while (start < end && isWhiteSpace(str[start]))
- start++;
-
- while (start <= end && isWhiteSpace(str[end]))
- end--;
-
- string returnStr(str, start, end+1-start);
- return returnStr;
- }
-
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-}
-#endif
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * compiler_defines.h (1 January 1999)
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C++, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef ASBEAUTIFIER_H
-#define ASBEAUTIFIER_H
-
-#include "ASResource.h"
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-#include "ASSourceIterator.h"
-
-#include <string>
-#include <vector>
-
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace astyle
- {
-
- enum BracketMode { NONE_MODE, ATTACH_MODE, BREAK_MODE, BDAC_MODE };
- enum BracketType { NULL_TYPE = 0,
- DEFINITION_TYPE = 1,
- COMMAND_TYPE = 2,
- ARRAY_TYPE = 4,
- SINGLE_LINE_TYPE = 8};
-
-
- class ASBeautifier : protected ASResource
- {
- public:
- ASBeautifier();
- virtual ~ASBeautifier();
- virtual void init(ASSourceIterator* iter); // pointer to dynamically created iterator.
- virtual void init();
- virtual bool hasMoreLines() const;
- virtual string nextLine();
- virtual string beautify(const string &line);
- void setTabIndentation(int length = 4, bool forceTabs = false);
- void setSpaceIndentation(int length = 4);
- void setMaxInStatementIndentLength(int max);
- void setMinConditionalIndentLength(int min);
- void setClassIndent(bool state);
- void setSwitchIndent(bool state);
- void setCaseIndent(bool state);
- void setBracketIndent(bool state);
- void setBlockIndent(bool state);
- void setNamespaceIndent(bool state);
- void setLabelIndent(bool state);
- void setCStyle();
- void setJavaStyle();
- void setEmptyLineFill(bool state);
- void setPreprocessorIndent(bool state);
-
-
- protected:
- int getNextProgramCharDistance(const string &line, int i);
- bool isLegalNameChar(char ch) const;
- bool isWhiteSpace(char ch) const;
- const string *findHeader(const string &line, int i,
- const vector<const string*> &possibleHeaders,
- bool checkBoundry = true);
- string trim(const string &str);
- int indexOf(vector<const string*> &container, const string *element);
-
- private:
- ASBeautifier(const ASBeautifier &copy);
- void operator=(ASBeautifier&); // not to be implemented
-
- void initStatic();
- void registerInStatementIndent(const string &line, int i, int spaceTabCount,
- int minIndent, bool updateParenStack);
- string preLineWS(int spaceTabCount, int tabCount);
-
- static vector<const string*> headers;
- static vector<const string*> nonParenHeaders;
- static vector<const string*> preprocessorHeaders;
- static vector<const string*> preBlockStatements;
- static vector<const string*> assignmentOperators;
- static vector<const string*> nonAssignmentOperators;
-
- static bool calledInitStatic;
-
- ASSourceIterator *sourceIterator;
- vector<ASBeautifier*> *waitingBeautifierStack;
- vector<ASBeautifier*> *activeBeautifierStack;
- vector<int> *waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack;
- vector<int> *activeBeautifierStackLengthStack;
- vector<const string*> *headerStack;
- vector< vector<const string*>* > *tempStacks;
- vector<int> *blockParenDepthStack;
- vector<bool> *blockStatementStack;
- vector<bool> *parenStatementStack;
- vector<int> *inStatementIndentStack;
- vector<int> *inStatementIndentStackSizeStack;
- vector<int> *parenIndentStack;
- vector<bool> *bracketBlockStateStack;
- string indentString;
- const string *currentHeader;
- const string *previousLastLineHeader;
- const string *immediatelyPreviousAssignmentOp;
- const string *probationHeader;
- bool isInQuote;
- bool isInComment;
- bool isInCase;
- bool isInQuestion;
- bool isInStatement;
- bool isInHeader;
- bool isCStyle;
- bool isInOperator;
- bool isInTemplate;
- bool isInConst;
- bool isInDefine;
- bool isInDefineDefinition;
- bool classIndent;
- bool isInClassHeader;
- bool isInClassHeaderTab;
- bool switchIndent;
- bool caseIndent;
- bool namespaceIndent;
- bool bracketIndent;
- bool blockIndent;
- bool labelIndent;
- bool preprocessorIndent;
- bool isInConditional;
- bool isMinimalConditinalIndentSet;
- bool shouldForceTabIndentation;
- int minConditionalIndent;
- int parenDepth;
- int indentLength;
- int blockTabCount;
- unsigned int leadingWhiteSpaces;
- int maxInStatementIndent;
- int templateDepth;
- char quoteChar;
- char prevNonSpaceCh;
- char currentNonSpaceCh;
- char currentNonLegalCh;
- char prevNonLegalCh;
- int prevFinalLineSpaceTabCount;
- int prevFinalLineTabCount;
- bool emptyLineFill;
- bool backslashEndsPrevLine;
- int defineTabCount;
- };
-}
-
-#endif
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * ASFormatter.cpp
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C++, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- *
- *
- * Patches:
- * 26 November 1998 - Richard Bullington -
- * A correction of line-breaking in headers following '}',
-
- * was created using a variation of a patch by Richard Bullington.
- * 08 May 2004
- * applied ASFormatter450670.patch.bz2, ASFormatter.cpp.patch.bz2,
- * patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- */
-
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-#include "ASFormatter.h"
-
-
-#include <string>
-#include <cctype>
-#include <vector>
-#include <algorithm>
-#include <iostream>
-
-
-#define INIT_CONTAINER(container, value) {if ( (container) != NULL ) delete (container); (container) = (value); }
-#define DELETE_CONTAINER(container) {if ( (container) != NULL ) delete (container) ; }
-#define IS_A(a,b) ( ((a) & (b)) == (b))
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace astyle
- {
-#endif
-
-
- bool ASFormatter::calledInitStatic = false;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::headers;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::nonParenHeaders;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::preprocessorHeaders;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::preDefinitionHeaders;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::preCommandHeaders;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::operators;
- vector<const string*> ASFormatter::assignmentOperators;
-
-
- /**
- * Constructor of ASFormatter
- */
- ASFormatter::ASFormatter()
- {
- staticInit();
-
- preBracketHeaderStack = NULL;
- bracketTypeStack = NULL;
- parenStack = NULL;
-
- sourceIterator = NULL;
- bracketFormatMode = NONE_MODE;
- shouldPadOperators = false;
- shouldPadParenthesies = false;
- shouldBreakOneLineBlocks = true;
- shouldBreakOneLineStatements = true;
- shouldConvertTabs = false;
- shouldBreakBlocks = false;
- shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks = false;
- shouldBreakClosingHeaderBrackets = false;
- shouldBreakElseIfs = false;
- }
-
- /**
- * Destructor of ASFormatter
- */
- ASFormatter::~ASFormatter()
- {
- DELETE_CONTAINER( preBracketHeaderStack );
- }
-
- /**
- * initialization of static data of ASFormatter.
- */
- void ASFormatter::staticInit()
- {
- if (calledInitStatic)
- return;
-
- calledInitStatic = true;
-
- headers.push_back(&AS_IF);
- headers.push_back(&AS_ELSE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_DO);
- headers.push_back(&AS_WHILE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FOR);
- headers.push_back(&AS_SYNCHRONIZED);
- headers.push_back(&AS_TRY);
- headers.push_back(&AS_CATCH);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FINALLY);
- headers.push_back(&AS_SWITCH);
- headers.push_back(&AS_TEMPLATE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FOREACH);
- headers.push_back(&AS_LOCK);
- headers.push_back(&AS_UNSAFE);
- headers.push_back(&AS_FIXED);
- headers.push_back(&AS_GET);
- headers.push_back(&AS_SET);
- headers.push_back(&AS_ADD);
- headers.push_back(&AS_REMOVE);
-
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_ELSE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_DO);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_TRY);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_FINALLY);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_UNSAFE);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_GET);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_SET);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_ADD);
- nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_REMOVE);
-
- // nonParenHeaders.push_back(&AS_TEMPLATE);
-
- preDefinitionHeaders.push_back(&AS_CLASS);
- preDefinitionHeaders.push_back(&AS_INTERFACE);
- preDefinitionHeaders.push_back(&AS_NAMESPACE);
- preDefinitionHeaders.push_back(&AS_STRUCT);
-
- preCommandHeaders.push_back(&AS_EXTERN);
- preCommandHeaders.push_back(&AS_THROWS);
- preCommandHeaders.push_back(&AS_CONST);
-
- preprocessorHeaders.push_back(&AS_BAR_DEFINE);
- //// DEVEL: removed the folowing lines
- ////preprocessorHeaders.push_back(&AS_BAR_INCLUDE);
- ////preprocessorHeaders.push_back(&AS_BAR_IF); // #if or #ifdef
- ////preprocessorHeaders.push_back(&AS_BAR_EL); // #else or #elif
- ////preprocessorHeaders.push_back(&AS_BAR_ENDIF);
-
- operators.push_back(&AS_PLUS_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MINUS_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MULT_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_DIV_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MOD_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_OR_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_AND_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_XOR_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_EQUAL);
- operators.push_back(&AS_PLUS_PLUS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MINUS_MINUS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_NOT_EQUAL);
- operators.push_back(&AS_GR_EQUAL);
- operators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_LS_EQUAL);
- operators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_ARROW);
- operators.push_back(&AS_AND);
- operators.push_back(&AS_OR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_COLON_COLON);
-
- //// BUGFIX: removed the folowing lines
- //// operators.push_back(&AS_PAREN_PAREN);
- //// operators.push_back(&AS_BLPAREN_BLPAREN);
-
- operators.push_back(&AS_PLUS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MINUS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MULT);
- operators.push_back(&AS_DIV);
- operators.push_back(&AS_MOD);
- operators.push_back(&AS_QUESTION);
- operators.push_back(&AS_COLON);
- operators.push_back(&AS_ASSIGN);
- operators.push_back(&AS_LS);
- operators.push_back(&AS_GR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_NOT);
- operators.push_back(&AS_BIT_OR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_BIT_AND);
- operators.push_back(&AS_BIT_NOT);
- operators.push_back(&AS_BIT_XOR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_OPERATOR);
- operators.push_back(&AS_COMMA);
- //BEGIN Content Patch patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- operators.push_back(&AS_SEMICOLON);
- //END Content Patch patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- operators.push_back(&AS_RETURN);
-
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_PLUS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MINUS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MULT_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_DIV_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_MOD_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_XOR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_OR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_AND_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
- assignmentOperators.push_back(&AS_ASSIGN);
- }
-
- /**
- * initialize the ASFormatter.
- *
- * init() should be called every time a ASFormatter object is to start
- * formatting a NEW source file.
- * init() recieves a pointer to a DYNAMICALLY CREATED ASSourceIterator object
- * that will be used to iterate through the source code. This object will be
- * deleted during the ASFormatter's destruction, and thus should not be
- * deleted elsewhere.
- *
- * @param iter a pointer to the DYNAMICALLY CREATED ASSourceIterator object.
- */
- void ASFormatter::init(ASSourceIterator *si)
- {
- ASBeautifier::init(si);
- sourceIterator = si;
-
- INIT_CONTAINER( preBracketHeaderStack, new vector<const string*> );
- INIT_CONTAINER( bracketTypeStack, new vector<BracketType> );
- bracketTypeStack->push_back(DEFINITION_TYPE);
- INIT_CONTAINER( parenStack, new vector<int> );
- parenStack->push_back(0);
-
- currentHeader = NULL;
- currentLine = string("");
- formattedLine = "";
- currentChar = ' ';
- previousCommandChar = ' ';
- previousNonWSChar = ' ';
- quoteChar = '"';
- charNum = 0;
- previousOperator = NULL;
-
- isVirgin = true;
- isInLineComment = false;
- isInComment = false;
- isInPreprocessor = false;
- doesLineStartComment = false;
- isInQuote = false;
- isSpecialChar = false;
- isNonParenHeader = true;
- foundPreDefinitionHeader = false;
- foundPreCommandHeader = false;
- foundQuestionMark = false;
- isInLineBreak = false;
- endOfCodeReached = false;
- isLineReady = false;
- isPreviousBracketBlockRelated = true;
- isInPotentialCalculation = false;
- //foundOneLineBlock = false;
- shouldReparseCurrentChar = false;
- passedSemicolon = false;
- passedColon = false;
- isInTemplate = false;
- shouldBreakLineAfterComments = false;
- isImmediatelyPostComment = false;
- isImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
- isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock = false;
-
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
- isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
- prependEmptyLine = false;
-
- foundClosingHeader = false;
- previousReadyFormattedLineLength = 0;
-
- isImmediatelyPostHeader = false;
- isInHeader = false;
- }
-
- /**
- * get the next formatted line.
- *
- * @return formatted line.
- */
-
- string ASFormatter::nextLine()
- {
- const string *newHeader;
- bool isCharImmediatelyPostComment = false;
- bool isPreviousCharPostComment = false;
- bool isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
- bool isInVirginLine = isVirgin;
- bool isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock = false;
- bool isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = false;
- bool isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
- bool isCharImmediatelyPostHeader = false;
-
- if (!isFormattingEnabled())
- return ASBeautifier::nextLine();
-
- while (!isLineReady)
- {
- if (shouldReparseCurrentChar)
- shouldReparseCurrentChar = false;
- else if (!getNextChar())
- {
- breakLine();
- return beautify(readyFormattedLine);
- }
- else // stuff to do when reading a new character...
- {
- // make sure that a virgin '{' at the begining ofthe file will be treated as a block...
- if (isInVirginLine && currentChar == '{')
- previousCommandChar = '{';
- isPreviousCharPostComment = isCharImmediatelyPostComment;
- isCharImmediatelyPostComment = false;
- isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
- isCharImmediatelyPostHeader = false;
- }
-
- if (isInLineComment)
- {
- appendCurrentChar();
-
- // explicitely break a line when a line comment's end is found.
- if (/*bracketFormatMode == ATTACH_MODE &&*/ charNum+1 == currentLine.length())
- {
- isInLineBreak = true;
- isInLineComment = false;
- isImmediatelyPostLineComment = true;
- currentChar = 0; //make sure it is a neutral char.
- }
- continue;
- }
- else if (isInComment)
- {
- if (isSequenceReached(AS_CLOSE_COMMENT))
- {
- isInComment = false;
- isImmediatelyPostComment = true;
- appendSequence(AS_CLOSE_COMMENT);
- goForward(1);
- }
- else
- appendCurrentChar();
-
- continue;
- }
-
- // not in line comment or comment
-
- else if (isInQuote)
- {
- if (isSpecialChar)
- {
- isSpecialChar = false;
- appendCurrentChar();
- }
- else if (currentChar == '\\')
- {
- isSpecialChar = true;
- appendCurrentChar();
- }
- else if (quoteChar == currentChar)
- {
- isInQuote = false;
- appendCurrentChar();
- }
- else
- {
- appendCurrentChar();
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
-
-
- // handle white space - needed to simplify the rest.
- if (isWhiteSpace(currentChar) || isInPreprocessor)
- {
- ////// DEVEL: if (isLegalNameChar(previousChar) && isLegalNameChar(peekNextChar()))
- appendCurrentChar();
- continue;
- }
-
- /* not in MIDDLE of quote or comment or white-space of any type ... */
-
- if (isSequenceReached(AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT))
- {
- isInLineComment = true;
- if (shouldPadOperators)
- appendSpacePad();
- appendSequence(AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT);
- goForward(1);
- continue;
- }
- else if (isSequenceReached(AS_OPEN_COMMENT))
- {
- isInComment = true;
- if (shouldPadOperators)
- appendSpacePad();
- appendSequence(AS_OPEN_COMMENT);
- goForward(1);
- continue;
- }
- else if (currentChar == '"' || currentChar == '\'')
- {
- isInQuote = true;
- quoteChar = currentChar;
- //// if (shouldPadOperators) // BUGFIX: these two lines removed. seem to be unneeded, and interfere with L"
- //// appendSpacePad(); // BUFFIX: TODO make sure the removal of these lines doesn't reopen old bugs...
- appendCurrentChar();
- continue;
- }
-
- /* not in quote or comment or white-space of any type ... */
-
-
- // check if in preprocessor
- // ** isInPreprocessor will be automatically reset at the begining
- // of a new line in getnextChar()
- if (currentChar == '#')
- isInPreprocessor = true;
-
- if (isInPreprocessor)
- {
- appendCurrentChar();
- continue;
- }
-
- /* not in preprocessor ... */
-
- if (isImmediatelyPostComment)
- {
- isImmediatelyPostComment = false;
- isCharImmediatelyPostComment = true;
- }
-
- if (isImmediatelyPostLineComment)
- {
- isImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
- isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment = true;
- }
-
- if (shouldBreakLineAfterComments)
- {
- shouldBreakLineAfterComments = false;
- shouldReparseCurrentChar = true;
- breakLine();
- continue;
- }
-
- // reset isImmediatelyPostHeader information
- if (isImmediatelyPostHeader)
- {
- isImmediatelyPostHeader = false;
- isCharImmediatelyPostHeader = true;
-
- // Make sure headers are broken from their succeeding blocks
- // (e.g.
- // if (isFoo) DoBar();
- // should become
- // if (isFoo)
- // DoBar;
- // )
- // But treat else if() as a special case which should not be broken!
- if (shouldBreakOneLineStatements)
- {
- // if may break 'else if()'s, ythen simply break the line
-
- if (shouldBreakElseIfs)
- isInLineBreak = true;
-
- else
- {
- // make sure 'else if()'s are not broken.
-
- bool isInElseIf = false;
- const string *upcomingHeader;
-
- upcomingHeader = findHeader(headers);
- if (currentHeader == &AS_ELSE && upcomingHeader == &AS_IF)
- isInElseIf = true;
-
- if (!isInElseIf)
- isInLineBreak = true; ////BUGFIX: SHOULD NOT BE breakLine() !!!
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (passedSemicolon)
- {
- passedSemicolon = false;
- if (parenStack->back() == 0)
- {
- shouldReparseCurrentChar = true;
- isInLineBreak = true;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if (passedColon)
- {
- passedColon = false;
- if (parenStack->back() == 0)
- {
- shouldReparseCurrentChar = true;
- isInLineBreak = true;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- // Check if in template declaration, e.g. foo<bar> or foo<bar,fig>
- // If so, set isInTemplate to true
- //
- if (!isInTemplate && currentChar == '<')
- {
- int templateDepth = 0;
- const string *oper;
- for (unsigned int i=charNum;
- i< currentLine.length();
- i += (oper ? oper->length() : 1) )
- {
- oper = ASBeautifier::findHeader(currentLine, i, operators);
-
- if (oper == &AS_LS)
- {
- templateDepth++;
- }
- else if (oper == &AS_GR)
- {
- templateDepth--;
- if (templateDepth == 0)
- {
- // this is a template!
- //
- isInTemplate = true;
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (oper == &AS_COMMA // comma, e.g. A<int, char>
- || oper == &AS_BIT_AND // reference, e.g. A<int&>
- || oper == &AS_MULT // pointer, e.g. A<int*>
- || oper == &AS_COLON_COLON) // ::, e.g. std::string
- {
- continue;
- }
- else if (!isLegalNameChar(currentLine[i]) && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i]))
- {
- // this is not a template -> leave...
- //
- isInTemplate = false;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
-
- // handle parenthesies
- //
- if (currentChar == '(' || currentChar == '[' || (isInTemplate && currentChar == '<'))
- {
- parenStack->back()++;
- }
- else if (currentChar == ')' || currentChar == ']' || (isInTemplate && currentChar == '>'))
- {
- parenStack->back()--;
- if (isInTemplate && parenStack->back() == 0)
- {
- isInTemplate = false;
- isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = true;
- }
-
- // check if this parenthesis closes a header, e.g. if (...), while (...)
- //
- if (isInHeader && parenStack->back() == 0)
- {
- isInHeader = false;
- isImmediatelyPostHeader = true;
- }
-
- }
-
- // handle brackets
- //
- BracketType bracketType = NULL_TYPE;
-
- if (currentChar == '{')
- {
- bracketType = getBracketType();
- foundPreDefinitionHeader = false;
- foundPreCommandHeader = false;
-
- bracketTypeStack->push_back(bracketType);
- preBracketHeaderStack->push_back(currentHeader);
- currentHeader = NULL;
-
- isPreviousBracketBlockRelated = !IS_A(bracketType, ARRAY_TYPE);
- }
- else if (currentChar == '}')
- {
- // if a request has been made to append a post block empty line,
- // but the block exists immediately before a closing bracket,
- // then there is not need for the post block empty line.
- //
- isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
-
- if (!bracketTypeStack->empty())
- {
- bracketType = bracketTypeStack->back();
- bracketTypeStack->pop_back();
-
- isPreviousBracketBlockRelated = !IS_A(bracketType, ARRAY_TYPE);
- }
-
- if (!preBracketHeaderStack->empty())
- {
- currentHeader = preBracketHeaderStack->back();
- preBracketHeaderStack->pop_back();
- }
- else
- currentHeader = NULL;
- }
-
- if (!IS_A(bracketType, ARRAY_TYPE))
- {
-
- if (currentChar == '{')
- {
- parenStack->push_back(0);
- }
- else if (currentChar == '}')
- {
- if (!parenStack->empty())
- {
- parenStack->pop_back();
- }
- }
-
- if (bracketFormatMode != NONE_MODE)
- {
- if (currentChar == '{')
- {
- if ( ( bracketFormatMode == ATTACH_MODE
- || bracketFormatMode == BDAC_MODE && bracketTypeStack->size()>=2
- && IS_A((*bracketTypeStack)[bracketTypeStack->size()-2], COMMAND_TYPE) /*&& isInLineBreak*/)
- && !isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment )
- {
- appendSpacePad();
- if (!isCharImmediatelyPostComment // do not attach '{' to lines that end with /**/ comments.
- && previousCommandChar != '{'
- && previousCommandChar != '}'
- && previousCommandChar != ';') // '}' , ';' chars added for proper handling of '{' immediately after a '}' or ';'
- appendCurrentChar(false);
- else
- appendCurrentChar(true);
- continue;
- }
- else if (bracketFormatMode == BREAK_MODE
- || bracketFormatMode == BDAC_MODE && bracketTypeStack->size()>=2
- && IS_A((*bracketTypeStack)[bracketTypeStack->size()-2], DEFINITION_TYPE))
- {
- if ( shouldBreakOneLineBlocks || !IS_A(bracketType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE) )
- breakLine();
- appendCurrentChar();
- continue;
- }
- }
- else if (currentChar == '}')
- {
- // bool origLineBreak = isInLineBreak;
-
- // mark state of immediately after empty block
- // this state will be used for locating brackets that appear immedately AFTER an empty block (e.g. '{} \n}').
- if (previousCommandChar == '{')
- isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock = true;
-
- if ( (!(previousCommandChar == '{' && isPreviousBracketBlockRelated) ) // this '{' does not close an empty block
- && (shouldBreakOneLineBlocks || !IS_A(bracketType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)) // astyle is allowed to break on line blocks
- && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock) // this '}' does not immediately follow an empty block
- {
- breakLine();
- appendCurrentChar();
- }
- else
- {
- // Content Patch ASFormatter.cpp.patch.bz2
- // if (!isCharImmediatelyPostComment)
- if (!isCharImmediatelyPostComment &&
- !isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment)
- isInLineBreak = false;
- appendCurrentChar();
- if (shouldBreakOneLineBlocks || !IS_A(bracketType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
- shouldBreakLineAfterComments = true;
- }
-
- if (shouldBreakBlocks)
- {
- isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested =true;
- }
-
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ( ( (previousCommandChar == '{'
- && isPreviousBracketBlockRelated)
-
- || (previousCommandChar == '}'
- && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock // <--
- && isPreviousBracketBlockRelated
- && !isPreviousCharPostComment // <-- Fixes wrongly appended newlines after '}' immediately after comments... 10/9/1999
- && peekNextChar() != ' '))
-
- && (shouldBreakOneLineBlocks || !IS_A(bracketTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)) )
- {
- isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock = (previousCommandChar == '{');
- isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = (previousCommandChar == '}');
-
- previousCommandChar = ' ';
- isInLineBreak = true; //<----
- }
-
- // reset block handling flags
- isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock = false;
-
- // look for headers
- if (!isInTemplate)
- {
- if ( (newHeader = findHeader(headers)) != NULL)
- {
- foundClosingHeader = false;
- const string *previousHeader;
-
- // recognize closing headers of do..while, if..else, try..catch..finally
- if ( (newHeader == &AS_ELSE && currentHeader == &AS_IF)
- || (newHeader == &AS_WHILE && currentHeader == &AS_DO)
- || (newHeader == &AS_CATCH && currentHeader == &AS_TRY)
- || (newHeader == &AS_CATCH && currentHeader == &AS_CATCH)
- || (newHeader == &AS_FINALLY && currentHeader == &AS_TRY)
- || (newHeader == &AS_FINALLY && currentHeader == &AS_CATCH) )
- foundClosingHeader = true;
-
- previousHeader = currentHeader;
- currentHeader = newHeader;
-
- // If in ATTACH or LINUX bracket modes, attach closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch')
- // to their preceding bracket,
- // But do not perform the attachment if the shouldBreakClosingHeaderBrackets is set!
- if (!shouldBreakClosingHeaderBrackets && foundClosingHeader && (bracketFormatMode == ATTACH_MODE || bracketFormatMode == BDAC_MODE) && previousNonWSChar == '}')
- {
- isInLineBreak = false;
- appendSpacePad();
-
- if (shouldBreakBlocks)
- isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
- }
-
- //Check if a template definition as been reached, e.g. template<class A>
- if (newHeader == &AS_TEMPLATE)
- {
- isInTemplate = true;
- }
-
- // check if the found header is non-paren header
- isNonParenHeader = ( find(nonParenHeaders.begin(), nonParenHeaders.end(),
- newHeader) != nonParenHeaders.end() );
- appendSequence(*currentHeader);
- goForward(currentHeader->length() - 1);
- // if padding is on, and a paren-header is found
- // then add a space pad after it.
- if (shouldPadOperators && !isNonParenHeader)
- appendSpacePad();
-
-
- // Signal that a header has been reached
- // *** But treat a closing while() (as in do...while)
- // as if it where NOT a header since a closing while()
- // should never have a block after it!
- if (!(foundClosingHeader && currentHeader == &AS_WHILE))
- {
- isInHeader = true;
- if (isNonParenHeader)
- {
- isImmediatelyPostHeader = true;
- isInHeader = false;
- }
- }
-
- if (currentHeader == &AS_IF && previousHeader == &AS_ELSE)
- isInLineBreak = false;
-
- if (shouldBreakBlocks)
- {
- if (previousHeader == NULL
- && !foundClosingHeader
- && !isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock)
- {
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
- }
-
- if (currentHeader == &AS_ELSE
- || currentHeader == &AS_CATCH
- || currentHeader == &AS_FINALLY
- || foundClosingHeader)
- {
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
- }
-
- if (shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks
- && isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock)
- {
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
- }
-
- }
-
- continue;
- }
- else if ( (newHeader = findHeader(preDefinitionHeaders)) != NULL)
- {
- foundPreDefinitionHeader = true;
- appendSequence(*newHeader);
- goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
-
- if (shouldBreakBlocks)
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
-
- continue;
- }
- else if ( (newHeader = findHeader(preCommandHeaders)) != NULL)
- {
- foundPreCommandHeader = true;
- appendSequence(*newHeader);
- goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
-
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if (previousNonWSChar == '}' || currentChar == ';')
- {
- if (shouldBreakOneLineStatements && currentChar == ';'
- && (shouldBreakOneLineBlocks || !IS_A(bracketTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)))
- {
- passedSemicolon = true;
- }
-
- if (shouldBreakBlocks && currentHeader != NULL && parenStack->back() == 0)
- {
- isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
- }
-
- if (currentChar != ';')
- currentHeader = NULL; //DEVEL: is this ok?
-
- foundQuestionMark = false;
- foundPreDefinitionHeader = false;
- foundPreCommandHeader = false;
- isInPotentialCalculation = false;
-
- }
-
- if (currentChar == ':'
- && shouldBreakOneLineStatements
- && !foundQuestionMark // not in a ... ? ... : ... sequence
- && !foundPreDefinitionHeader // not in a definition block (e.g. class foo : public bar
- && previousCommandChar != ')' // not immediately after closing paren of a method header, e.g. ASFormatter::ASFormatter(...) : ASBeautifier(...)
- && previousChar != ':' // not part of '::'
- && peekNextChar() != ':') // not part of '::'
- {
- passedColon = true;
- if (shouldBreakBlocks)
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
- }
-
- if (currentChar == '?')
- foundQuestionMark = true;
-
- if (shouldPadOperators)
- {
- if ((newHeader = findHeader(operators)) != NULL)
- {
- bool shouldPad = (newHeader != &AS_COLON_COLON
- && newHeader != &AS_PAREN_PAREN
- && newHeader != &AS_BLPAREN_BLPAREN
- && newHeader != &AS_PLUS_PLUS
- && newHeader != &AS_MINUS_MINUS
- && newHeader != &AS_NOT
- && newHeader != &AS_BIT_NOT
- && newHeader != &AS_ARROW
- && newHeader != &AS_OPERATOR
- && !(newHeader == &AS_MINUS && isInExponent())
- && !(newHeader == &AS_PLUS && isInExponent())
- && previousOperator != &AS_OPERATOR
- && !((newHeader == &AS_MULT || newHeader == &AS_BIT_AND)
- && isPointerOrReference())
- && !( (isInTemplate || isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate)
- && (newHeader == &AS_LS || newHeader == &AS_GR))
- );
-
- if (!isInPotentialCalculation)
- if (find(assignmentOperators.begin(), assignmentOperators.end(), newHeader)
- != assignmentOperators.end())
- isInPotentialCalculation = true;
-
- // pad before operator
- if (shouldPad
- && !(newHeader == &AS_COLON && !foundQuestionMark)
- && newHeader != &AS_SEMICOLON
- && newHeader != &AS_COMMA)
- appendSpacePad();
- appendSequence(*newHeader);
- goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
-
- // since this block handles '()' and '[]',
- // the parenStack must be updated here accordingly!
- if (newHeader == &AS_PAREN_PAREN
- || newHeader == &AS_BLPAREN_BLPAREN)
- parenStack->back()--;
-
- currentChar = (*newHeader)[newHeader->length() - 1];
- // pad after operator
- // but do not pad after a '-' that is a urinary-minus.
- if ( shouldPad && !(newHeader == &AS_MINUS && isUrinaryMinus()) )
- appendSpacePad();
-
- previousOperator = newHeader;
- continue;
- }
- }
- //BEGIN Content Patch patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- if (currentChar == '(' || currentChar == '[' )
- isInPotentialCalculation = true;
- //END Content Patch patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- if (shouldPadParenthesies)
- {
- if (currentChar == '(' || currentChar == '[' )
- {
- char peekedChar = peekNextChar();
-
- isInPotentialCalculation = true;
- appendCurrentChar();
- if (!(currentChar == '(' && peekedChar == ')')
- && !(currentChar == '[' && peekedChar == ']'))
- appendSpacePad();
- continue;
- }
- else if (currentChar == ')' || currentChar == ']')
- {
- char peekedChar = peekNextChar();
-
- if (!(previousChar == '(' && currentChar == ')')
- && !(previousChar == '[' && currentChar == ']'))
- appendSpacePad();
-
- appendCurrentChar();
-
- if (peekedChar != ';' && peekedChar != ',' && peekedChar != '.'
- && !(currentChar == ']' && peekedChar == '['))
- appendSpacePad();
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- appendCurrentChar();
- }
-
- // return a beautified (i.e. correctly indented) line.
-
- string beautifiedLine;
- int readyFormattedLineLength = trim(readyFormattedLine).length();
-
- if (prependEmptyLine
- && readyFormattedLineLength > 0
- && previousReadyFormattedLineLength > 0)
- {
- isLineReady = true; // signal that a readyFormattedLine is still waiting
- beautifiedLine = beautify("");
- }
- else
- {
- isLineReady = false;
- beautifiedLine = beautify(readyFormattedLine);
- }
-
- prependEmptyLine = false;
- previousReadyFormattedLineLength = readyFormattedLineLength;
-
- return beautifiedLine;
-
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if there are any indented lines ready to be read by nextLine()
- *
- * @return are there any indented lines ready?
- */
- bool ASFormatter::hasMoreLines() const
- {
- if (!isFormattingEnabled())
- return ASBeautifier::hasMoreLines();
- else
- return !endOfCodeReached;
- }
-
- /**
- * check if formatting options are enabled, in addition to indentation.
- *
- * @return are formatting options enabled?
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isFormattingEnabled() const
- {
- return (bracketFormatMode != NONE_MODE
- || shouldPadOperators
- || shouldConvertTabs);
- }
-
- /**
- * set the bracket formatting mode.
- * options:
- * astyle::NONE_MODE no formatting of brackets.
- * astyle::ATTACH_MODE Java, K&R style bracket placement.
- * astyle::BREAK_MODE ANSI C/C++ style bracket placement.
- *
- * @param mode the bracket formatting mode.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setBracketFormatMode(BracketMode mode)
- {
- bracketFormatMode = mode;
- }
-
- /**
- * set closing header bracket breaking mode
- * options:
- * true brackets just before closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch')
- * will be broken, even if standard brackets are attached.
- * false closing header brackets will be treated as standard brackets.
- *
- * @param mode the closing header bracket breaking mode.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setBreakClosingHeaderBracketsMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldBreakClosingHeaderBrackets = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set 'else if()' breaking mode
- * options:
- * true 'else' headers will be broken from their succeeding 'if' headers.
- * false 'else' headers will be attached to their succeeding 'if' headers.
- *
- * @param mode the 'else if()' breaking mode.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setBreakElseIfsMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldBreakElseIfs = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set operator padding mode.
- * options:
- * true statement operators will be padded with spaces around them.
- * false statement operators will not be padded.
- *
- * @param mode the padding mode.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setOperatorPaddingMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldPadOperators = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set parentheies padding mode.
- * options:
- * true statement parenthesies will be padded with spaces around them.
- * false statement parenthesies will not be padded.
- *
- * @param mode the padding mode.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setParenthesisPaddingMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldPadParenthesies = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set option to break/not break one-line blocks
- *
- * @param state true = break, false = don't break.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldBreakOneLineBlocks = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set option to break/not break lines consisting of multiple statements.
- *
- * @param state true = break, false = don't break.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setSingleStatementsMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldBreakOneLineStatements = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set option to convert tabs to spaces.
- *
- * @param state true = convert, false = don't convert.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setTabSpaceConversionMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldConvertTabs = state;
- }
-
-
- /**
- * set option to break unrelated blocks of code with empty lines.
- *
- * @param state true = convert, false = don't convert.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setBreakBlocksMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldBreakBlocks = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * set option to break closing header blocks of code (such as 'else', 'catch', ...) with empty lines.
- *
- * @param state true = convert, false = don't convert.
- */
- void ASFormatter::setBreakClosingHeaderBlocksMode(bool state)
- {
- shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks = state;
- }
-
- /**
- * check if a specific sequence exists in the current placement of the current line
- *
- * @return whether sequence has been reached.
- * @param sequence the sequence to be checked
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isSequenceReached(const string &sequence) const
- {
- return currentLine.COMPARE(charNum, sequence.length(), sequence) == 0;
-
- }
-
- /**
- * jump over several characters.
- *
- * @param i the number of characters to jump over.
- */
- void ASFormatter::goForward(int i)
- {
- while (--i >= 0)
- getNextChar();
- }
-
- /**
- * peek at the next unread character.
- *
- * @return the next unread character.
- */
- char ASFormatter::peekNextChar() const
- {
- int peekNum = charNum + 1;
- int len = currentLine.length();
- char ch = ' ';
-
- while (peekNum < len)
- {
- ch = currentLine[peekNum++];
- if (!isWhiteSpace(ch))
- return ch;
- }
-
- if (shouldConvertTabs && ch == '\t')
- ch = ' ';
-
- return ch;
- }
-
- /**
- * check if current placement is before a comment or line-comment
- *
- * @return is before a comment or line-comment.
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isBeforeComment() const
- {
- int peekNum = charNum + 1;
- int len = currentLine.length();
- // char ch = ' ';
- bool foundComment = false;
-
- for (peekNum = charNum + 1;
- peekNum < len && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[peekNum]);
- ++peekNum)
- ;
-
- if (peekNum < len)
- foundComment = ( currentLine.COMPARE(peekNum, 2, AS_OPEN_COMMENT) == 0
- || currentLine.COMPARE(peekNum, 2, AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT) == 0 );
-
- return foundComment;
- }
-
- /**
- * get the next character, increasing the current placement in the process.
- * the new character is inserted into the variable currentChar.
- *
- * @return whether succeded to recieve the new character.
- */
- bool ASFormatter::getNextChar()
- {
- isInLineBreak = false;
- bool isAfterFormattedWhiteSpace = false;
-
- if (shouldPadOperators && !isInComment && !isInLineComment
- && !isInQuote && !doesLineStartComment && !isInPreprocessor
- && !isBeforeComment())
- {
- //BEGIN Content Patch patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- char prevchar = ' ';
- char nextchar = peekNextChar();
-
- int len = formattedLine.length();
- // if (len > 0 && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[len-1]))
- if (len > 0) prevchar = formattedLine[len-1];
- if (isWhiteSpace(prevchar) || prevchar == '(' || prevchar == '[' ||
- nextchar == ')' || nextchar == ']')
- {
- isAfterFormattedWhiteSpace = true;
- }
- //END Content Patch patch1_ssvb_patch.tar.gz
- }
-
- previousChar = currentChar;
- if (!isWhiteSpace(currentChar))
- {
- previousNonWSChar = currentChar;
- if (!isInComment && !isInLineComment && !isInQuote
- && !isSequenceReached(AS_OPEN_COMMENT)
- && !isSequenceReached(AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT) )
- previousCommandChar = previousNonWSChar;
- }
-
- unsigned int currentLineLength = currentLine.length();
-
- if (charNum+1 < currentLineLength
- && (!isWhiteSpace(peekNextChar()) || isInComment || isInLineComment))
- {
- currentChar = currentLine[++charNum];
- if (isAfterFormattedWhiteSpace)
- while (isWhiteSpace(currentChar) && charNum+1 < currentLineLength)
- currentChar = currentLine[++charNum];
-
- if (shouldConvertTabs && currentChar == '\t')
- currentChar = ' ';
-
- return true;
- }
- // BEGIN Content patch ASFormatter450670.patch.bz2
- else if (isInLineComment && (charNum+1 == currentLineLength))
- {
- // fix BUG #450670
- currentChar = ' ';
- return true;
- }
- // END Content patch ASFormatter450670.patch.bz2
- else
- {
- if (sourceIterator->hasMoreLines())
- {
- currentLine = sourceIterator->nextLine();
- if (currentLine.length() == 0)
- {
- /*think*/ currentLine = string(" ");
- }
-
- // unless reading in the first line of the file,
- // break a new line.
- if (!isVirgin)
- isInLineBreak = true;
- else
- isVirgin = false;
-
- if (isInLineComment)
- isImmediatelyPostLineComment = true;
- isInLineComment = false;
-
- trimNewLine();
- currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
-
- // check if is in preprocessor right after the line break and line trimming
- if (previousNonWSChar != '\\')
- isInPreprocessor = false;
-
- if (shouldConvertTabs && currentChar == '\t')
- currentChar = ' ';
-
- return true;
- }
- else
- {
- endOfCodeReached = true;
- return false;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * jump over the leading white space in the current line,
- * IF the line does not begin a comment or is in a preprocessor definition.
- */
- void ASFormatter::trimNewLine()
- {
- unsigned int len = currentLine.length();
- charNum = 0;
-
- if (isInComment || isInPreprocessor)
- return;
-
- while (isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum]) && charNum+1 < len)
- ++charNum;
-
- doesLineStartComment = false;
- if (isSequenceReached(string("/*")))
- {
- charNum = 0;
- doesLineStartComment = true;
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * append a character to the current formatted line.
- * Unless disabled (via canBreakLine == false), first check if a
- * line-break has been registered, and if so break the
- * formatted line, and only then append the character into
- * the next formatted line.
- *
- * @param ch the character to append.
- * @param canBreakLine if true, a registered line-break
- */
- void ASFormatter::appendChar(char ch, bool canBreakLine)
- {
- if (canBreakLine && isInLineBreak)
- breakLine();
- formattedLine.append(1, ch);
- }
-
- /**
- * append the CURRENT character (curentChar)to the current
- * formatted line. Unless disabled (via canBreakLine == false),
- * first check if a line-break has been registered, and if so
- * break the formatted line, and only then append the character
- * into the next formatted line.
- *
- * @param canBreakLine if true, a registered line-break
- */
- void ASFormatter::appendCurrentChar(bool canBreakLine)
- {
- appendChar(currentChar, canBreakLine);
- }
-
- /**
- * append a string sequence to the current formatted line.
- * Unless disabled (via canBreakLine == false), first check if a
- * line-break has been registered, and if so break the
- * formatted line, and only then append the sequence into
- * the next formatted line.
- *
- * @param sequence the sequence to append.
- * @param canBreakLine if true, a registered line-break
- */
- void ASFormatter::appendSequence(const string &sequence, bool canBreakLine)
- {
- if (canBreakLine && isInLineBreak)
- breakLine();
- formattedLine.append(sequence);
- }
-
- /**
- * append a space to the current formattedline, UNLESS the
- * last character is already a white-space character.
- */
- void ASFormatter::appendSpacePad()
- {
- int len = formattedLine.length();
- if (len == 0 || !isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[len-1]))
- formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
- }
-
- /**
- * register a line break for the formatted line.
- */
- void ASFormatter::breakLine()
- {
- isLineReady = true;
- isInLineBreak = false;
-
- // queue an empty line prepend request if one exists
- prependEmptyLine = isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested;
-
- readyFormattedLine = formattedLine;
- if (isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested)
- {
- isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
- }
- else
- {
- isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
- }
-
- formattedLine = "";
- }
-
- /**
- * check if the currently reached open-bracket (i.e. '{')
- * opens a:
- * - a definition type block (such as a class or namespace),
- * - a command block (such as a method block)
- * - a static array
- * this method takes for granted that the current character
- * is an opening bracket.
- *
- * @return the type of the opened block.
- */
- BracketType ASFormatter::getBracketType() const
- {
- BracketType returnVal;
-
- if (foundPreDefinitionHeader)
- returnVal = DEFINITION_TYPE;
- else
- {
- bool isCommandType;
- isCommandType = ( foundPreCommandHeader
- || ( currentHeader != NULL && isNonParenHeader )
- || ( previousCommandChar == ')' )
- || ( previousCommandChar == ':' && !foundQuestionMark )
- || ( previousCommandChar == ';' )
- || ( ( previousCommandChar == '{' || previousCommandChar == '}')
- && isPreviousBracketBlockRelated ) );
-
- returnVal = (isCommandType ? COMMAND_TYPE : ARRAY_TYPE);
- }
-
- if (isOneLineBlockReached())
- returnVal = (BracketType) (returnVal | SINGLE_LINE_TYPE);
-
- return returnVal;
- }
-
- /**
- * check if the currently reached '*' or '&' character is
- * a pointer-or-reference symbol, or another operator.
- * this method takes for granted that the current character
- * is either a '*' or '&'.
- *
- * @return whether current character is a reference-or-pointer
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isPointerOrReference() const
- {
- bool isPR;
- isPR = ( !isInPotentialCalculation
- || IS_A(bracketTypeStack->back(), DEFINITION_TYPE)
- || (!isLegalNameChar(previousNonWSChar)
- && previousNonWSChar != ')'
- && previousNonWSChar != ']')
- );
-
- if (!isPR)
- {
- char nextChar = peekNextChar();
- isPR |= (!isWhiteSpace(nextChar)
- && nextChar != '-'
- && nextChar != '('
- && nextChar != '['
- && !isLegalNameChar(nextChar));
- }
-
- return isPR;
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if the currently reached '-' character is
- * a urinary minus
- * this method takes for granted that the current character
- * is a '-'.
- *
- * @return whether the current '-' is a urinary minus.
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isUrinaryMinus() const
- {
- return ( (previousOperator == &AS_RETURN || !isalnum(previousCommandChar))
- && previousCommandChar != '.'
- && previousCommandChar != ')'
- && previousCommandChar != ']' );
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if the currently reached '-' or '+' character is
- * part of an exponent, i.e. 0.2E-5.
- * this method takes for granted that the current character
- * is a '-' or '+'.
- *
- * @return whether the current '-' is in an exponent.
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isInExponent() const
- {
- int formattedLineLength = formattedLine.length();
- if (formattedLineLength >= 2)
- {
- char prevPrevFormattedChar = formattedLine[formattedLineLength - 2];
- char prevFormattedChar = formattedLine[formattedLineLength - 1];
-
- return ( (prevFormattedChar == 'e' || prevFormattedChar == 'E')
- && (prevPrevFormattedChar == '.' || isdigit(prevPrevFormattedChar)) );
- }
- else
- return false;
- }
-
- /**
- * check if a one-line bracket has been reached,
- * i.e. if the currently reached '{' character is closed
- * with a complimentry '}' elsewhere on the current line,
- *.
- * @return has a one-line bracket been reached?
- */
- bool ASFormatter::isOneLineBlockReached() const
- {
- bool isInComment = false;
- bool isInQuote = false;
- int bracketCount = 1;
- int currentLineLength = currentLine.length();
- int i = 0;
- char ch = ' ';
- char quoteChar = ' ';
-
- for (i = charNum + 1; i < currentLineLength; ++i)
- {
- ch = currentLine[i];
-
- if (isInComment)
- {
- if (currentLine.COMPARE(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
- {
- isInComment = false;
- ++i;
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- if (ch == '\\')
- {
- ++i;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (isInQuote)
- {
- if (ch == quoteChar)
- isInQuote = false;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (ch == '"' || ch == '\'')
- {
- isInQuote = true;
- quoteChar = ch;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (currentLine.COMPARE(i, 2, "//") == 0)
- break;
-
- if (currentLine.COMPARE(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
- {
- isInComment = true;
- ++i;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (ch == '{')
- ++bracketCount;
- else if (ch == '}')
- --bracketCount;
-
- if(bracketCount == 0)
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
-
- /**
- * check if one of a set of headers has been reached in the
- * current position of the current line.
- *
- * @return a pointer to the found header. Or a NULL if no header has been reached.
- * @param headers a vector of headers
- * @param checkBoundry
- */
- const string *ASFormatter::findHeader(const vector<const string*> &headers, bool checkBoundry)
- {
- return ASBeautifier::findHeader(currentLine, charNum, headers, checkBoundry);
- }
-
-
-
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-}
-#endif
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * compiler_defines.h (1 January 1999)
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C++, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef ASFORMATTER_H
-#define ASFORMATTER_H
-
-#include "ASBeautifier.h"
-//#include "enums.h"
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-
-namespace astyle {
-
- class ASFormatter : public ASBeautifier
- {
- public:
- ASFormatter();
- virtual ~ASFormatter();
- virtual void init(ASSourceIterator* iter);
- virtual bool hasMoreLines() const;
- virtual string nextLine();
- void setBracketFormatMode(BracketMode mode);
- void setBreakClosingHeaderBracketsMode(bool state);
- void setOperatorPaddingMode(bool mode);
- void setParenthesisPaddingMode(bool mode);
- void setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(bool state);
- void setSingleStatementsMode(bool state);
- void setTabSpaceConversionMode(bool state);
- void setBreakBlocksMode(bool state);
- void setBreakClosingHeaderBlocksMode(bool state);
- void setBreakElseIfsMode(bool state);
-
- private:
- void ASformatter(ASFormatter &copy); // not to be imlpemented
- void operator=(ASFormatter&); // not to be implemented
- void staticInit();
- bool isFormattingEnabled() const;
- void goForward(int i);
- bool getNextChar();
- char peekNextChar() const;
- bool isBeforeComment() const;
- void trimNewLine();
- BracketType getBracketType() const;
- bool isPointerOrReference() const;
- bool isUrinaryMinus() const;
- bool isInExponent() const;
- bool isOneLineBlockReached() const;
- void appendChar(char ch, bool canBreakLine = true);
- void appendCurrentChar(bool canBreakLine = true);
- void appendSequence(const string &sequence, bool canBreakLine = true);
- void appendSpacePad();
- void breakLine();
- inline bool isSequenceReached(const string &sequence) const;
- const string *findHeader(const vector<const string*> &headers, bool checkBoundry = true);
-
- static vector<const string*> headers;
- static vector<const string*> nonParenHeaders;
- static vector<const string*> preprocessorHeaders;
- static vector<const string*> preDefinitionHeaders;
- static vector<const string*> preCommandHeaders;
- static vector<const string*> operators;
- static vector<const string*> assignmentOperators;
- static bool calledInitStatic;
-
- ASSourceIterator *sourceIterator;
- vector<const string*> *preBracketHeaderStack;
- vector<BracketType> *bracketTypeStack;
- vector<int> *parenStack;
- string readyFormattedLine;
- string currentLine;
- string formattedLine;
- const string *currentHeader;
- const string *previousOperator;
- char currentChar;
- char previousChar;
- char previousNonWSChar;
- char previousCommandChar;
- char quoteChar;
- unsigned int charNum;
- BracketMode bracketFormatMode;
- bool isVirgin;
- bool shouldPadOperators;
- bool shouldPadParenthesies;
- bool shouldConvertTabs;
- bool isInLineComment;
- bool isInComment;
- bool isInPreprocessor;
- bool isInTemplate; // true both in template definitions (e.g. template<class A>) and template usage (e.g. F<int>).
- bool doesLineStartComment;
- bool isInQuote;
- bool isSpecialChar;
- bool isNonParenHeader;
- bool foundQuestionMark;
- bool foundPreDefinitionHeader;
- bool foundPreCommandHeader;
- bool isInLineBreak;
- bool isInClosingBracketLineBreak;
- bool endOfCodeReached;
- bool isLineReady;
- bool isPreviousBracketBlockRelated;
- bool isInPotentialCalculation;
- //bool foundOneLineBlock;
- bool shouldBreakOneLineBlocks;
- bool shouldReparseCurrentChar;
- bool shouldBreakOneLineStatements;
- bool shouldBreakLineAfterComments;
- bool shouldBreakClosingHeaderBrackets;
- bool shouldBreakElseIfs;
- bool passedSemicolon;
- bool passedColon;
- bool isImmediatelyPostComment;
- bool isImmediatelyPostLineComment;
- bool isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock;
-
- bool shouldBreakBlocks;
- bool shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks;
- bool isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested;
- bool isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested;
-
- bool prependEmptyLine;
- bool foundClosingHeader;
- int previousReadyFormattedLineLength;
-
- bool isInHeader;
- bool isImmediatelyPostHeader;
-
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/*
-* Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
-*
-* ASResource.cpp
-* by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
-* This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
-* of C, C, C# and Java source files.
-*
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
-*/
-
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-#include "ASResource.h"
-
-#include <string>
-
-
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace astyle
- {
-#endif
-
- const string ASResource::AS_IF = string("if");
- const string ASResource::AS_ELSE = string ("else");
- const string ASResource::AS_FOR = string("for");
- const string ASResource::AS_DO = string("do");
- const string ASResource::AS_WHILE = string("while");
- const string ASResource::AS_SWITCH = string ("switch");
- const string ASResource::AS_CASE = string ("case");
- const string ASResource::AS_DEFAULT = string("default");
- const string ASResource::AS_CLASS = string("class");
- const string ASResource::AS_STRUCT = string("struct");
- const string ASResource::AS_UNION = string("union");
- const string ASResource::AS_INTERFACE = string("interface");
- const string ASResource::AS_NAMESPACE = string("namespace");
- const string ASResource::AS_EXTERN = string("extern");
- const string ASResource::AS_PUBLIC = string("public");
- const string ASResource::AS_PROTECTED = string("protected");
- const string ASResource::AS_PRIVATE = string("private");
- const string ASResource::AS_STATIC = string("static");
- const string ASResource::AS_SYNCHRONIZED = string("synchronized");
- const string ASResource::AS_OPERATOR = string("operator");
- const string ASResource::AS_TEMPLATE = string("template");
- const string ASResource::AS_TRY = string("try");
- const string ASResource::AS_CATCH = string("catch");
- const string ASResource::AS_FINALLY = string("finally");
- const string ASResource::AS_THROWS = string("throws");
- const string ASResource::AS_CONST = string("const");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_ASM = string("asm");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_BAR_DEFINE = string("#define");
- const string ASResource::AS_BAR_INCLUDE = string("#include");
- const string ASResource::AS_BAR_IF = string("#if");
- const string ASResource::AS_BAR_EL = string("#el");
- const string ASResource::AS_BAR_ENDIF = string("#endif");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_OPEN_BRACKET = string("{");
- const string ASResource::AS_CLOSE_BRACKET = string("}");
- const string ASResource::AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT = string("//");
- const string ASResource::AS_OPEN_COMMENT = string("/*");
- const string ASResource::AS_CLOSE_COMMENT = string("*/");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_ASSIGN = string("=");
- const string ASResource::AS_PLUS_ASSIGN = string("+=");
- const string ASResource::AS_MINUS_ASSIGN = string("-=");
- const string ASResource::AS_MULT_ASSIGN = string("*=");
- const string ASResource::AS_DIV_ASSIGN = string("/=");
- const string ASResource::AS_MOD_ASSIGN = string("%=");
- const string ASResource::AS_OR_ASSIGN = string("|=");
- const string ASResource::AS_AND_ASSIGN = string("&=");
- const string ASResource::AS_XOR_ASSIGN = string("^=");
- const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN = string(">>=");
- const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN = string("<<=");
- const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN = string(">>>=");
- const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN = string("<<<=");
- const string ASResource::AS_RETURN = string("return");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_EQUAL = string("==");
- const string ASResource::AS_PLUS_PLUS = string("++");
- const string ASResource::AS_MINUS_MINUS = string("--");
- const string ASResource::AS_NOT_EQUAL = string("!=");
- const string ASResource::AS_GR_EQUAL = string(">=");
- const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR = string(">>");
- const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR_GR = string(">>>");
- const string ASResource::AS_LS_EQUAL = string("<=");
- const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS = string("<<");
- const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS_LS = string("<<<");
- const string ASResource::AS_ARROW = string("->");
- const string ASResource::AS_AND = string("&&");
- const string ASResource::AS_OR = string("||");
- const string ASResource::AS_COLON_COLON = string("::");
- const string ASResource::AS_PAREN_PAREN = string("()");
- const string ASResource::AS_BLPAREN_BLPAREN = string("[]");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_PLUS = string("+");
- const string ASResource::AS_MINUS = string("-");
- const string ASResource::AS_MULT = string("*");
- const string ASResource::AS_DIV = string("/");
- const string ASResource::AS_MOD = string("%");
- const string ASResource::AS_GR = string(">");
- const string ASResource::AS_LS = string("<");
- const string ASResource::AS_NOT = string("!");
- const string ASResource::AS_BIT_OR = string("|");
- const string ASResource::AS_BIT_AND = string("&");
- const string ASResource::AS_BIT_NOT = string("~");
- const string ASResource::AS_BIT_XOR = string("^");
- const string ASResource::AS_QUESTION = string("?");
- const string ASResource::AS_COLON = string(":");
- const string ASResource::AS_COMMA = string(",");
- const string ASResource::AS_SEMICOLON = string(";");
-
- const string ASResource::AS_FOREACH = string("foreach");
- const string ASResource::AS_LOCK = string("lock");
- const string ASResource::AS_UNSAFE = string("unsafe");
- const string ASResource::AS_FIXED = string("fixed");
- const string ASResource::AS_GET = string("get");
- const string ASResource::AS_SET = string("set");
- const string ASResource::AS_ADD = string("add");
- const string ASResource::AS_REMOVE = string("remove");
-
-#ifdef USES_NAMESPACE
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * compiler_defines.h (1 January 1999)
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C++, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef ASRES_H
-#define ASRES_H
-
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-#include "ASStreamIterator.h"
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <string>
-
-namespace astyle {
-
-class ASResource
- {
- public:
- static const string AS_IF, AS_ELSE;
- static const string AS_DO, AS_WHILE;
- static const string AS_FOR;
- static const string AS_SWITCH, AS_CASE, AS_DEFAULT;
- static const string AS_TRY, AS_CATCH, AS_THROWS, AS_FINALLY;
- static const string AS_PUBLIC, AS_PROTECTED, AS_PRIVATE;
- static const string AS_CLASS, AS_STRUCT, AS_UNION, AS_INTERFACE, AS_NAMESPACE, AS_EXTERN;
- static const string AS_STATIC;
- static const string AS_CONST;
- static const string AS_SYNCHRONIZED;
- static const string AS_OPERATOR, AS_TEMPLATE;
- static const string AS_OPEN_BRACKET, AS_CLOSE_BRACKET;
- static const string AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT, AS_OPEN_COMMENT, AS_CLOSE_COMMENT;
- static const string AS_BAR_DEFINE, AS_BAR_INCLUDE, AS_BAR_IF, AS_BAR_EL, AS_BAR_ENDIF;
- static const string AS_RETURN;
- static const string AS_ASSIGN, AS_PLUS_ASSIGN, AS_MINUS_ASSIGN, AS_MULT_ASSIGN;
- static const string AS_DIV_ASSIGN, AS_MOD_ASSIGN, AS_XOR_ASSIGN, AS_OR_ASSIGN, AS_AND_ASSIGN;
- static const string AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN, AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN, AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN, AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN;
- static const string AS_EQUAL, AS_PLUS_PLUS, AS_MINUS_MINUS, AS_NOT_EQUAL, AS_GR_EQUAL, AS_GR_GR_GR, AS_GR_GR;
- static const string AS_LS_EQUAL, AS_LS_LS_LS, AS_LS_LS, AS_ARROW, AS_AND, AS_OR;
- static const string AS_COLON_COLON, AS_PAREN_PAREN, AS_BLPAREN_BLPAREN;
- static const string AS_PLUS, AS_MINUS, AS_MULT, AS_DIV, AS_MOD, AS_GR, AS_LS;
- static const string AS_NOT, AS_BIT_XOR, AS_BIT_OR, AS_BIT_AND, AS_BIT_NOT;
- static const string AS_QUESTION, AS_COLON, AS_SEMICOLON, AS_COMMA;
- static const string AS_ASM;
- static const string AS_FOREACH, AS_LOCK, AS_UNSAFE, AS_FIXED;
- static const string AS_GET, AS_SET, AS_ADD, AS_REMOVE;
- };
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ASSOURCEITERATOR_H
-#define ASSOURCEITERATOR_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-
-namespace astyle
- {
-
- class ASSourceIterator
- {
- public:
- virtual bool hasMoreLines() const = 0;
- virtual std::string nextLine() = 0;
- };
-}
-
-#endif
-#include "compiler_defines.h"
-#include "ASStreamIterator.h"
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <string>
-
-using namespace astyle;
-
-ASStreamIterator::ASStreamIterator(istream *in)
-{
- inStream = in;
-}
-
-ASStreamIterator::~ASStreamIterator()
-{
- delete inStream;
-}
-
-
-bool ASStreamIterator::hasMoreLines() const
- {
- if (*inStream)
- return true;
- else
- return false;
- }
-
-/*
-string ASStreamIterator::nextLine()
-{
- char theInChar;
- char peekedChar;
- int theBufferPosn = 0;
-
- //
- // treat '\n', '\r', '\n\r' and '\r\n' as an endline.
- //
- while (theBufferPosn < 2047 && inStream->get(theInChar))
- // while not eof
- {
- if (theInChar != '\n' && theInChar != '\r')
- {
- buffer[theBufferPosn] = theInChar;
- theBufferPosn++;
- }
- else
- {
- peekedChar = inStream->peek();
- if (peekedChar != theInChar && (peekedChar == '\r' || peekedChar == '\n') )
- {
- inStream->get(theInChar);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- buffer[theBufferPosn] = '\0';
-
- return string(buffer);
-}
-*/
-
-
-string ASStreamIterator::nextLine()
-{
- char *srcPtr;
- char *filterPtr;
-
- inStream->getline(buffer, 2047);
- srcPtr = filterPtr = buffer;
-
- while (*srcPtr != 0)
- {
- if (*srcPtr != '\r')
- *filterPtr++ = *srcPtr;
- srcPtr++;
- }
- *filterPtr = 0;
-
- return string(buffer);
-}
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * compiler_defines.h (1 January 1999)
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C++, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef ASSTREAMITERATOR_H
-#define ASSTREAMITERATOR_H
-
-#include "ASSourceIterator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace astyle
- {
- class ASStreamIterator :
- public ASSourceIterator
- {
- public:
- ASStreamIterator(istream *in);
- virtual ~ASStreamIterator();
- bool hasMoreLines() const;
- string nextLine();
-
- private:
- istream * inStream;
- char buffer[2048];
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- charcodes.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Nov 24 2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by André imon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-// FILE SHOULD BE REMOVED FROM PROJECT
-
-#ifndef CHAR_CODES
-#define CHAR_CODES
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-
-#define AUML_LC 228
-#define OUML_LC 246
-#define UUML_LC 252
-
-#define AUML_UC 196
-#define OUML_UC 214
-#define UUML_UC 220
-
-
-#define AACUTE_LC 225
-#define EACUTE_LC 233
-#define OACUTE_LC 243
-#define UACUTE_LC 250
-
-#define AACUTE_UC 193
-#define EACUTE_UC 201
-#define OACUTE_UC 211
-#define UACUTE_UC 218
-
-#define AGRAVE_LC 224
-#define EGRAVE_LC 232
-#define OGRAVE_LC 242
-#define UGRAVE_LC 249
-
-#define AGRAVE_UC 192
-#define EGRAVE_UC 200
-#define OGRAVE_UC 210
-#define UGRAVE_UC 217
-
-#define SZLIG 223
-
-/* DOS CONSOLE CODES
-#define AUML_LC 132
-#define OUML_LC 148
-#define UUML_LC 129
-
-#define AUML_UC 142
-#define OUML_UC 153
-#define UUML_UC 154
-
-
-#define AACUTE_LC 160
-#define EACUTE_LC 130
-#define OACUTE_LC 162
-#define UACUTE_LC 163
-
-#define AACUTE_UC 181
-#define EACUTE_UC 144
-#define OACUTE_UC 224
-#define UACUTE_UC 233
-
-#define AGRAVE_LC 133
-#define EGRAVE_LC 138
-#define OGRAVE_LC 149
-#define UGRAVE_LC 151
-
-#define AGRAVE_UC 183
-#define EGRAVE_UC 212
-#define OGRAVE_UC 227
-#define UGRAVE_UC 235
-
-#define SZLIG 225
-*/
-
-#else
-
-#define AUML_LC 164
-#define OUML_LC 182
-#define UUML_LC 188
-
-#define AUML_UC 132
-#define OUML_UC 150
-#define UUML_UC 156
-
-
-#define AACUTE_LC 161
-#define EACUTE_LC 169
-#define OACUTE_LC 179
-#define UACUTE_LC 186
-
-#define AACUTE_UC 129
-#define EACUTE_UC 137
-#define OACUTE_UC 147
-#define UACUTE_UC 154
-
-#define AGRAVE_LC 160
-#define EGRAVE_LC 168
-#define OGRAVE_LC 178
-#define UGRAVE_LC 185
-
-#define AGRAVE_UC 128
-#define EGRAVE_UC 136
-#define OGRAVE_UC 146
-#define UGRAVE_UC 153
-
-#define SZLIG 159
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- cmdlineoptions.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Sun Nov 25 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "cmdlineoptions.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-/* Siehe man getopt (3)
- Konstruktor legt Optionen und Argumente fest
-*/
-CmdLineOptions::CmdLineOptions(int argc, char *argv[]):
- numberSpaces(0),
- wrappingStyle(highlight::WRAP_DISABLED),
- outputType (highlight::HTML),
- opt_language (false),
- opt_include_style (false),
- opt_help (false),
- opt_version (false),
- opt_verbose (false),
- opt_linenumbers (false),
- opt_style (false),
- opt_batch_mode (false),
- opt_fragment (false) ,
- opt_attach_line_anchors (false),
- opt_show_themes (false),
- opt_show_langdefs (false),
- opt_printindex(false),
- opt_quiet(false),
- opt_xslfo_fop(false),
- opt_replacequotes(false),
- opt_print_progress(false),
- opt_fill_zeroes(false),
- opt_stylepath_explicit(false),
- opt_force_output(false),
- configFileRead(false),
- helpLang("en"),
- charset("ISO-8859-1")
-{
-
- loadConfigurationFile();
-
- int c, option_index = 0;
- static struct option long_options[] =
- {
- {OPT_OUT, 1, 0, S_OPT_OUT},
- {OPT_IN, 1, 0, S_OPT_IN},
- {OPT_SYNTAX, 1, 0, S_OPT_SYNTAX},
- {OPT_VERBOSE, 0, 0, S_OPT_VERBOSE},
- {OPT_INC_STYLE, 0, 0, S_OPT_INC_STYLE},
- {OPT_HELP, 0, 0, S_OPT_HELP},
- {OPT_HELPINT, 1, 0, S_OPT_HELPINT},
- {OPT_LINENO,0,0,S_OPT_LINENO},
- {OPT_STYLE, 1,0,S_OPT_STYLE},
- {OPT_STYLE_OUT, 1, 0,S_OPT_STYLE_OUT},
- {OPT_STYLE_IN, 1, 0,S_OPT_STYLE_IN},
- {OPT_DELTABS,1,0,S_OPT_DELTABS},
- {OPT_XHTML, 0,0,S_OPT_XHTML},
- {OPT_RTF, 0,0,S_OPT_RTF},
- {OPT_TEX,0, 0,S_OPT_TEX},
- {OPT_LATEX,0, 0,S_OPT_LATEX},
- {OPT_XSLFO,0, 0,S_OPT_XSLFO},
- {OPT_ANSI,0, 0,S_OPT_ANSI},
- {OPT_XML,0, 0,S_OPT_XML},
- {OPT_BATCHREC,1,0,S_OPT_BATCHREC},
- {OPT_FRAGMENT,0,0,S_OPT_FRAGMENT},
- {OPT_ANCHORS, 0,0,S_OPT_ANCHORS },
- {OPT_LISTTHEMES, 0,0,S_OPT_LISTTHEMES },
- {OPT_LISTLANGS, 0,0,S_OPT_LISTLANGS },
- {OPT_OUTDIR,1,0,S_OPT_OUTDIR},
- {OPT_VERSION,0,0,0},
- {OPT_FORMATSTYLE,1,0,S_OPT_FORMATSTYLE},
- {OPT_DATADIR,1,0,S_OPT_DATADIR},
- {OPT_ADDDATADIR,1,0,S_OPT_ADDDATADIR},
- {OPT_INDEXFILE,0,0,S_OPT_INDEXFILE},
- {OPT_WRAP,0,0,S_OPT_WRAP},
- {OPT_WRAPSIMPLE,0,0,S_OPT_WRAPSIMPLE},
- {OPT_QUIET,0,0,S_OPT_QUIET},
- {OPT_REPLACE_QUOTES,0,0,S_OPT_REPLACE_QUOTES},
- {OPT_PROGRESSBAR,0,0,S_OPT_PROGRESSBAR},
- {OPT_FILLZEROES,0,0,S_OPT_FILLZEROES},
- {OPT_ENCODING,1,0,S_OPT_ENCODING},
-
- //remove as soon as APAche fixes the bug in FOP (0.20.5)
- {OPT_FOP,0,0,S_OPT_FOP},
-
- //deprecated
- {OPT_CSSOUT,1,0,0},
- {OPT_CSSIN,1,0,0},
- {OPT_INC_CSS,0,0,0},
- {OPT_FORCE_OUTPUT,0,0,0},
-
- {0, 0, 0, 0}
- };
-
- while (1)
- {
- c = getopt_long (argc, argv,S_OPTIONS_STRING,long_options, &option_index);
- if (c == -1)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case 0: // long options
- if (long_options[option_index].name==OPT_VERSION) {
- opt_version = true;
- }
- if (long_options[option_index].name==OPT_CSSOUT) {
- styleOutFilename=string(optarg);
- printDeprecatedWarning(OPT_CSSOUT, OPT_STYLE_OUT);
- }
- if (long_options[option_index].name==OPT_CSSIN) {
- styleInFilename=string(optarg);
- printDeprecatedWarning(OPT_CSSIN, OPT_STYLE_IN);
- }
- if (long_options[option_index].name==OPT_INC_CSS) {
- opt_include_style = true;
- printDeprecatedWarning(OPT_INC_CSS, OPT_INC_STYLE);
- }
- if (long_options[option_index].name==OPT_FORCE_OUTPUT) {
- opt_force_output = true;
- }
- break;
- case S_OPT_OUT:
- outFilename=string(optarg);
- break;
- case S_OPT_IN:
- inputFileNames.push_back(string(optarg));
- break;
- case S_OPT_STYLE_OUT:
- styleOutFilename=string(optarg);
- opt_stylepath_explicit=true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_STYLE_IN:
- styleInFilename=string(optarg);
- break;
- case S_OPT_VERBOSE:
- opt_verbose = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_QUIET:
- opt_quiet = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_INC_STYLE:
- opt_include_style = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_HELPINT:
- helpLang=string(optarg);
- case S_OPT_HELP:
- opt_help = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_LINENO:
- opt_linenumbers = true;
- break;
- case '?':
- //opt_help = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_STYLE:
- styleName=string(optarg);
- opt_style = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_SYNTAX:
- language=string(optarg);
- opt_language = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_DELTABS:
- numberSpaces = StringTools::str2int (string(optarg));
- break;
- case S_OPT_XHTML:
- outputType=highlight::XHTML;
- break;
- case S_OPT_RTF:
- outputType=highlight::RTF;
- break;
- case S_OPT_TEX:
- outputType=highlight::TEX;
- break;
- case S_OPT_LATEX:
- outputType=highlight::LATEX;
- break;
- case S_OPT_XSLFO:
- outputType=highlight::XSLFO;
- break;
- case S_OPT_ANSI:
- outputType=highlight::ANSI;
- break;
- case S_OPT_XML:
- outputType=highlight::XML;
- break;
- case S_OPT_BATCHREC:
- opt_batch_mode = true;
- readDirectory(string(optarg));
- break;
- case S_OPT_FRAGMENT:
- opt_fragment = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_ANCHORS:
- opt_attach_line_anchors = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_LISTTHEMES:
- opt_show_themes = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_LISTLANGS:
- opt_show_langdefs = true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_OUTDIR:
- outDirectory = validateDirPath(string(optarg));
- break;
- case S_OPT_FORMATSTYLE:
- indentScheme =string(optarg);
- break;
- case S_OPT_ENCODING:
- charset =string(optarg);
- break;
- case S_OPT_DATADIR:
- dataDir=validateDirPath(string(optarg));
- break;
- case S_OPT_ADDDATADIR:
- additionalDataDir=validateDirPath(string(optarg));
- break;
- case S_OPT_INDEXFILE:
- opt_printindex=true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_WRAPSIMPLE:
- wrappingStyle = highlight::WRAP_SIMPLE;
- break;
- case S_OPT_WRAP:
- wrappingStyle = highlight::WRAP_DEFAULT;
- break;
- case S_OPT_FOP:
- opt_xslfo_fop=true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_REPLACE_QUOTES:
- opt_replacequotes=true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_PROGRESSBAR:
- opt_print_progress=true;
- break;
- case S_OPT_FILLZEROES:
- opt_fill_zeroes=true;
- break;
- default:
- cerr <<"higlight: Unknown option " <<c<< endl;
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc) //still args left
- {
- if (inputFileNames.empty()) {
- while (optind < argc){
- inputFileNames.push_back(string(argv[optind++]));
- }
- }
- } else if (inputFileNames.empty()) {
- inputFileNames.push_back("");
- }
- if (printDebugInfo() && configFileRead) {
- cout << "Configuration file \""<<configFilePath<<"\" was read.\n";
- }
-}
-
-CmdLineOptions::~CmdLineOptions(){
-}
-
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getSingleOutFilename()
- {
- if (!inputFileNames.empty() && !outDirectory.empty()) {
- if (outFilename.empty()) {
- outFilename = outDirectory;
- int delim = getSingleInFilename().find_last_of(Platform::pathSeparator)+1;
- outFilename += getSingleInFilename().substr((delim>-1)?delim:0)
- + getOutFileSuffix();
- }
- }
- return outFilename;
- }
-
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getSingleInFilename() const
- {
- return inputFileNames[0];
- }
-
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getOutDirectory()
- {
- if (!outFilename.empty() && !enableBatchMode()){
- outDirectory=getDirName(outFilename);
- }
- return outDirectory;
- }
-
-const string CmdLineOptions::getStyleOutFilename() const
- {
- if (!styleOutFilename.empty()) return styleOutFilename;
- return (outputType==highlight::HTML ||
- outputType==highlight::XHTML)? "highlight.css":"highlight.sty";
- }
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getStyleInFilename() const
- {
- return styleInFilename;
- }
-int CmdLineOptions::getNumberSpaces() const
- {
- return numberSpaces;
- }
-bool CmdLineOptions::printVersion()const
- {
- return opt_version;
- }
-bool CmdLineOptions::printHelp()const
- {
- return opt_help;
- }
-bool CmdLineOptions::printDebugInfo()const
- {
- return opt_verbose;
- }
-bool CmdLineOptions::quietMode()const
- {
- return opt_quiet;
- }
-bool CmdLineOptions::includeStyleDef()const
- {
- return opt_include_style;
- }
-
-bool CmdLineOptions::formatSupportsExtStyle(){
- return outputType==highlight::HTML ||
- outputType==highlight::XHTML ||
- outputType==highlight::LATEX ||
- outputType==highlight::TEX;
-}
-
-bool CmdLineOptions::printLineNumbers()const
- {
- return opt_linenumbers;
- }
-
-string CmdLineOptions::getStyleName()const
- {
- return ( ( opt_style) ? styleName+".style" : "kwrite.style" );
- }
-bool CmdLineOptions::enableBatchMode()const{
- return inputFileNames.size()>1 || opt_batch_mode;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::fragmentOutput()const{
- return opt_fragment;
-}
-string CmdLineOptions::getOutFileSuffix()const{
- switch (outputType){
- case highlight::XHTML: return ".xhtml";
- case highlight::RTF: return ".rtf";
- case highlight::TEX:
- case highlight::LATEX: return ".tex";
- case highlight::XSLFO: return ".fo";
- case highlight::XML: return ".xml";
- default: return ".html";
- }
-}
-string CmdLineOptions::getDirName(const string & path) {
- size_t dirNameLength=path.rfind(Platform::pathSeparator);
- return (dirNameLength==string::npos)?string():path.substr(0, dirNameLength+1);
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::attachLineAnchors()const{
- return opt_attach_line_anchors;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::showThemes()const{
- return opt_show_themes;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::showLangdefs()const{
- return opt_show_langdefs;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::outDirGiven()const{
- return !outFilename.empty();
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::fopCompatible() const {
- return opt_xslfo_fop;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::replaceQuotes() const {
- return opt_replacequotes;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::getFlag( const string& paramVal){
- return StringTools::lowerCase(paramVal)=="true";
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::formattingEnabled(){
- return !indentScheme.empty();
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::dataDirGiven()const {
- return !dataDir.empty();
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::additionalDataDirGiven()const {
- return !additionalDataDir.empty();
-}
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getDataDir() const {
- return dataDir;
-}
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getIndentScheme() const {
- return indentScheme;
-}
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getAdditionalDataDir()const{
- return additionalDataDir;
-}
-const string &CmdLineOptions::getLanguage() const {
- return language;
-}
-const string&CmdLineOptions::getCharSet() const{
- return charset;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::printIndexFile() const{
- return opt_printindex && (outputType==highlight::HTML ||
- outputType==highlight::XHTML);
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::printProgress() const{
- return opt_print_progress;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::fillLineNrZeroes() const{
- return opt_fill_zeroes;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::syntaxGiven() const{
- return opt_language;
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::omitEncodingName() const{
- return StringTools::lowerCase(charset)=="none";
-}
-bool CmdLineOptions::forceOutput() const{
- return opt_force_output;
-}
-const string CmdLineOptions::getHelpLang()const{
- return helpLang+".help";
-}
-highlight::WrapMode CmdLineOptions::getWrappingStyle() const {
- return wrappingStyle;
-}
-const vector <string> & CmdLineOptions::getInputFileNames() const{
- return inputFileNames;
-}
-void CmdLineOptions::readDirectory(const string & wildcard){
- // get matching files, use recursive search
- bool directoryOK=Platform::getDirectoryEntries(inputFileNames, wildcard, true);
- if (!directoryOK)
- {
- cerr << "highlight: No files matched the pattern \""
- << wildcard << "\"."<< endl;
- }
-}
-void CmdLineOptions::loadConfigurationFile()
-{
- #ifndef _WIN32
- #ifdef CONFIG_FILE_PATH
- configFilePath=CONFIG_FILE_PATH;
- #else
- char* homeEnv=getenv("HOME");
- if (homeEnv==NULL) return;
- configFilePath=string(homeEnv)+"/.highlightrc";
- #endif
- #else
- configFilePath = Platform::getAppPath() + "highlight.conf";
- #endif
- ConfigurationReader presets(configFilePath);
-
- if (presets.found())
- {
- string paramVal;
- configFileRead=true;
-
- styleOutFilename = presets.getParameter(OPT_STYLE_OUT);
- styleInFilename = presets.getParameter(OPT_STYLE_IN);
- styleName = presets.getParameter(OPT_STYLE);
- opt_style = !styleName.empty();
- language = presets.getParameter(OPT_SYNTAX);
- opt_language = !language.empty();
- numberSpaces = StringTools::str2int(presets.getParameter(OPT_DELTABS));
- indentScheme = presets.getParameter(OPT_FORMATSTYLE);
-
- paramVal = presets.getParameter(OPT_DATADIR);
- if (!paramVal.empty()) {
- dataDir=validateDirPath( paramVal);
- }
- paramVal = presets.getParameter(OPT_ADDDATADIR);
- if (!paramVal.empty()) {
- additionalDataDir=validateDirPath(paramVal);
- }
- paramVal = presets.getParameter(OPT_OUTDIR);
- if (!paramVal.empty()) {
- outDirectory=validateDirPath(paramVal);
- }
- paramVal = presets.getParameter(OPT_ENCODING);
- if (!paramVal.empty()) {
- charset=paramVal;
- }
-
- opt_include_style=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_INC_STYLE));
- opt_verbose=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_VERBOSE));
- opt_linenumbers=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_LINENO));
- opt_fragment=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_FRAGMENT));
- opt_attach_line_anchors=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_ANCHORS));
- opt_printindex=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_INDEXFILE));
- opt_quiet=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_QUIET));
- opt_xslfo_fop=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_FOP));
- opt_replacequotes=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_REPLACE_QUOTES));
- opt_print_progress=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_PROGRESSBAR));
- opt_fill_zeroes=getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_FILLZEROES));
-
- if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_WRAP))) {
- wrappingStyle=highlight::WRAP_DEFAULT;
- }
- if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_WRAPSIMPLE))) {
- wrappingStyle=highlight::WRAP_SIMPLE;
- }
- if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_XHTML))) {
- outputType=highlight::XHTML;
- } else if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_RTF))) {
- outputType=highlight::RTF;
- } else if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_TEX))) {
- outputType=highlight::TEX;
- } else if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_LATEX))) {
- outputType=highlight::LATEX;
- } else if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_XSLFO))) {
- outputType=highlight::XSLFO;
- } else if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_ANSI))) {
- outputType=highlight::ANSI;
- } else if (getFlag(presets.getParameter(OPT_XML))) {
- outputType=highlight::XML;
- }
- }
-}
-
-string CmdLineOptions::validateDirPath(const string & path){
- return (path[path.length()-1] !=Platform::pathSeparator)?
- path+Platform::pathSeparator : path;
-}
-
-highlight::OutputType CmdLineOptions::getOutputType() const {
- return outputType;
-}
-
-void CmdLineOptions::printDeprecatedWarning(const char *oldOption, const char *newOption){
- cerr << "Warning: Long option \""<<oldOption << "\" is DEPRECATED.";
- cerr << " Use \""<<newOption << "\" instead.\n";
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- cmdlineoptions.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Sun Nov 25 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef CMDLINEOPTIONS_H
-#define CMDLINEOPTIONS_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <map>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-
-#include "platform_fs.h"
-#include "configurationreader.h"
-#include "datadir.h"
-#include "enums.h"
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
- #include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-// If your system does not know getopt_long, define USE_LOCAL_GETOPT
-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__SVR4) || defined(__sun__)
- // some compilers don't like redefinitions...
- #ifndef USE_LOCAL_GETOPT
- #define USE_LOCAL_GETOPT
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_LOCAL_GETOPT
- #include "getopt.h"
-#else
- #include <getopt.h>
-#endif
-
-#define OPT_VERBOSE "verbose"
-#define OPT_INC_STYLE "include-style"
-#define OPT_HELP "help"
-#define OPT_LINENO "linenumbers"
-#define OPT_XHTML "xhtml"
-#define OPT_RTF "rtf"
-#define OPT_TEX "tex"
-#define OPT_LATEX "latex"
-#define OPT_XSLFO "xsl-fo"
-#define OPT_FRAGMENT "fragment"
-#define OPT_ANCHORS "anchors"
-#define OPT_LISTTHEMES "list-themes"
-#define OPT_LISTLANGS "list-langs"
-#define OPT_VERSION "version"
-#define OPT_IN "input"
-#define OPT_OUT "output"
-#define OPT_SYNTAX "syntax"
-#define OPT_STYLE "style"
-#define OPT_STYLE_OUT "style-outfile"
-#define OPT_STYLE_IN "style-infile"
-
-#define OPT_DELTABS "replace-tabs"
-#define OPT_BATCHREC "batch-recursive"
-#define OPT_OUTDIR "outdir"
-#define OPT_FORMATSTYLE "format-style"
-#define OPT_DATADIR "data-dir"
-#define OPT_ADDDATADIR "add-data-dir"
-#define OPT_INDEXFILE "print-index"
-#define OPT_HELPINT "help-int"
-#define OPT_WRAP "wrap"
-#define OPT_WRAPSIMPLE "wrap-simple"
-#define OPT_QUIET "quiet"
-#define OPT_REPLACE_QUOTES "replace-quotes"
-#define OPT_FOP "fop-compatible"
-#define OPT_PROGRESSBAR "progress"
-#define OPT_FILLZEROES "zeroes"
-#define OPT_ANSI "ansi"
-#define OPT_XML "xml"
-#define OPT_ENCODING "encoding"
-#define OPT_FORCE_OUTPUT "force"
-
-#define S_OPT_ANSI 'A'
-#define S_OPT_OUT 'o'
-#define S_OPT_IN 'i'
-#define S_OPT_SYNTAX 'S'
-#define S_OPT_VERBOSE 'v'
-#define S_OPT_INC_STYLE 'I'
-#define S_OPT_HELP 'h'
-#define S_OPT_HELPINT 'H'
-#define S_OPT_LINENO 'l'
-#define S_OPT_STYLE 's'
-#define S_OPT_STYLE_OUT 'c'
-#define S_OPT_STYLE_IN 'e'
-#define S_OPT_DELTABS 't'
-#define S_OPT_XHTML 'X'
-#define S_OPT_RTF 'R'
-#define S_OPT_TEX 'T'
-#define S_OPT_LATEX 'L'
-#define S_OPT_XSLFO 'Y'
-#define S_OPT_XML 'Z'
-#define S_OPT_BATCHREC 'B'
-#define S_OPT_FRAGMENT 'f'
-#define S_OPT_ANCHORS 'a'
-#define S_OPT_LISTTHEMES 'w'
-#define S_OPT_LISTLANGS 'p'
-#define S_OPT_OUTDIR 'O'
-
-#define S_OPT_FORMATSTYLE 'F'
-#define S_OPT_DATADIR 'D'
-#define S_OPT_ADDDATADIR 'E'
-#define S_OPT_INDEXFILE 'C'
-#define S_OPT_WRAP 'W'
-#define S_OPT_WRAPSIMPLE 'V'
-#define S_OPT_QUIET 'q'
-#define S_OPT_FOP 'g'
-#define S_OPT_REPLACE_QUOTES 'r'
-#define S_OPT_VERSION 'Q'
-#define S_OPT_PROGRESSBAR 'P'
-#define S_OPT_FILLZEROES 'z'
-#define S_OPT_ENCODING 'u'
-
-// deprecated:
-#define OPT_CSSOUT "css-outfile"
-#define OPT_CSSIN "css-infile"
-#define OPT_INC_CSS "include-css"
-
-
-#define S_OPTIONS_STRING "o:i:S:B:O:s:c:e:t:u:F:D:H:E:afghlvwpqrzACILYRTZXUV::W::P"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-/**Command line options*/
-
-class CmdLineOptions
- {
- public:
-
- /**Constructor
- \param argc Argument count
- \param argv Argument strings
- */
- CmdLineOptions(int argc, char *argv[]);
- ~CmdLineOptions();
-
- /** \return Single output file name*/
- const string &getSingleOutFilename();
-
- /** \return Single input file name*/
- const string &getSingleInFilename() const;
-
- /** \return Output directory*/
- const string& getOutDirectory() ;
-
- /** \return Style output file name*/
- const string getStyleOutFilename() const;
-
- /** \return Style input file name*/
- const string&getStyleInFilename() const;
-
- /** \return Char set*/
- const string&getCharSet() const;
-
- /** \return Number of spaces to replace a tab*/
- int getNumberSpaces() const;
-
- /** \return True if version information should be printed*/
- bool printVersion() const;
-
- /** \return True if help information should be printed*/
- bool printHelp() const;
-
- /** \return True if debug information should be printed*/
- bool printDebugInfo()const;
-
- /** \return True if Style definition should be included in output*/
- bool includeStyleDef() const;
-
- /** \return True if line numbers should be printed*/
- bool printLineNumbers() const;
-
- /** \return colour theme name */
- string getStyleName()const ;
-
- /** gibt true zurck, falls deutsche Hilfe ausgegeben werden soll */
- int helpLanguage() const;
-
- /** \return True if batch mode is active*/
- bool enableBatchMode() const;
-
- /** \return True if output shluld be fragmented*/
- bool fragmentOutput() const;
-
- /** \return output file suffix */
- string getOutFileSuffix() const;
-
- /** \return True if anchors should be attached to line numbers*/
- bool attachLineAnchors() const;
-
- /** \return True if list of installed themes should be printed*/
- bool showThemes() const;
-
- /** \return True if list of installed language definitions should be printed*/
- bool showLangdefs() const;
-
- /** \return True if loutput directory is given*/
- bool outDirGiven() const;
-
- /** \return True if refomatting is enabled*/
- bool formattingEnabled();
-
- /** \return True if a new data directory is given*/
- bool dataDirGiven()const;
-
- /** \return True if an additional data directory is given*/
- bool additionalDataDirGiven()const;
-
- /** \return True if index file should be printed*/
- bool printIndexFile() const;
-
- /** \return True if quotes should be replaced by /dq in LaTeX*/
- bool replaceQuotes() const;
-
- /** \return Data directory*/
- const string &getDataDir()const;
-
- /** \return Additional data directory*/
- const string &getAdditionalDataDir()const;
-
- /** \return True if language syntax is given*/
- bool syntaxGiven() const;
-
- /** \return True if quiet mode is active*/
- bool quietMode() const;
-
- /** \return True if XSL-FO output should be FOP compatible*/
- bool fopCompatible() const;
-
- /** \return True if progress bar should be printed in batch mode */
- bool printProgress() const;
-
- /** \return True if line numbers are filled with leading zeroes */
- bool fillLineNrZeroes() const;
-
- /** \return name of help message file*/
- const string getHelpLang() const;
-
- /** \return programming language */
- const string &getLanguage()const ;
-
- /** \return Wrapping style*/
- highlight::WrapMode getWrappingStyle() const;
-
- /** \return List of input file names*/
- const vector <string> & getInputFileNames() const;
-
- /** \return Name of indentation scheme file */
- const string &getIndentScheme() const;
-
- /** \return Output file format */
- highlight::OutputType getOutputType() const;
-
- /** \return True if chosen output format supports referenced style files */
- bool formatSupportsExtStyle();
-
- /** \return True if style output path was defined by user*/
- bool styleOutPathDefined() const{
- return opt_stylepath_explicit;
- }
-
- /** \return True if encoding nasme should be omitted in output*/
- bool omitEncodingName() const;
-
- /** \return True if output should be generated if languege type is unknown*/
- bool forceOutput() const;
-
- private:
-
- int numberSpaces; // number of spaces which replace a tab
- highlight::WrapMode wrappingStyle; // line wrapping mode
- highlight::OutputType outputType;
-
- // name of single output file
- string outFilename,
- // output directory
- outDirectory,
- // programming language which will be loaded
- language,
- // name of colour theme
- styleName,
- // name of external style file
- styleOutFilename,
- // name of file to be included in external style file
- styleInFilename,
- // used to define data directories at runtime
- dataDir, additionalDataDir;
- // name of indenation scheme
- string indentScheme;
-
- bool opt_language;
- bool opt_include_style;
- bool opt_help;
- bool opt_version ;
- bool opt_verbose;
- bool opt_linenumbers;
- bool opt_style;
- bool opt_batch_mode;
- bool opt_fragment;
- bool opt_attach_line_anchors;
- bool opt_show_themes;
- bool opt_show_langdefs;
- bool opt_asformat_output;
- bool opt_printindex;
- bool opt_quiet;
- bool opt_xslfo_fop;
- bool opt_replacequotes;
- bool opt_print_progress;
- bool opt_fill_zeroes;
- bool opt_stylepath_explicit;
- bool opt_force_output;
-
- bool configFileRead;
-
- string helpLang, charset;
- string configFilePath;
-
- // list of all input file names
- vector <string> inputFileNames;
-
- /** load highlight configuration file */
- void loadConfigurationFile();
-
- /** \return file suffix */
- string getFileSuffix( const string & fileName) const;
-
- /** \return directory name of path */
- string getDirName( const string & path);
-
- /** get all entries in the directory defined by wildcard */
- void readDirectory(const string & wildcard);
-
- /** \return Boolean value of paramVal */
- bool getFlag(const string& paramVal);
-
- /** \return Valid path name */
- string validateDirPath(const string & path);
-
- void printDeprecatedWarning(const char *oldOption, const char *newOption);
- };
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- codeparser.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Jul 9 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-
-#include "htmlgenerator.h"
-#include "xhtmlgenerator.h"
-#include "rtfgenerator.h"
-#include "latexgenerator.h"
-#include "texgenerator.h"
-#include "xslfogenerator.h"
-#include "xmlgenerator.h"
-#ifndef __WXMSW__
- #include "ansigenerator.h"
-#endif
-
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-CodeGenerator* CodeGenerator::generator=NULL;
-
-CodeGenerator* CodeGenerator::getInstance(OutputType type,
- const string& styleInfoPath,
- const string& styleInPath,
- const string& styleOutPath,
- const string& encoding,
- bool includeStyle,
- bool attachAnchors,
- bool replaceQuotes,
- bool fopCompatible,
- int numSpaces,
- WrapMode lineWrappingMode,
- bool ln,
- bool lnz,
- bool fragment,
- bool omitEncoding
- ) {
- if (generator==NULL){
- switch (type){
- case TEX:
- generator = new TexGenerator (styleInfoPath);
- break;
- case LATEX:
- generator = new LatexGenerator(styleInfoPath, replaceQuotes);
- break;
- case RTF:
- generator = new RtfGenerator (styleInfoPath);
- break;
- case XSLFO:
- generator = new XslFoGenerator(styleInfoPath, encoding, omitEncoding,
- fopCompatible);
- break;
- case XML:
- generator = new XmlGenerator(styleInfoPath,encoding, omitEncoding);
- break;
- case XHTML:
- generator = new XHtmlGenerator(styleInfoPath, encoding, omitEncoding,
- attachAnchors);
- break;
- #ifndef __WXMSW__
- case ANSI:
- generator = new AnsiGenerator (styleInfoPath);
- break;
- #endif
- default:
- generator = new HtmlGenerator(styleInfoPath, encoding, omitEncoding,
- attachAnchors);
- }
- }
- generator->setType(type);
- generator->setStyleInputPath(styleInPath);
- generator->setStyleOutputPath(styleOutPath);
- generator->setIncludeStyle(includeStyle);
- generator->setPrintLineNumbers(ln);
- generator->setPrintZeroes(lnz);
- generator->setFragmentCode(fragment);
- generator->setPreformatting(lineWrappingMode,
- (generator->getPrintLineNumbers()) ?
- MAX_LINE__WIDTH - LINE_NUMBER_WIDTH : MAX_LINE__WIDTH,
- numSpaces );
- return generator;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::deleteInstance(){
- delete generator;
- generator=NULL;
-}
-
-
-CodeGenerator::CodeGenerator():
- in(NULL),
- out(NULL),
- maskWs(false),
- excludeWs(false),
- fragmentOutput(false),
- showLineNumbers (false),
- lineNumberFillZeroes(false),
- lineNumber(0),
- includeStyleDef(false),
- lineIndex(0),
- formatter(NULL),
- preFormatter(NULL),
- formattingEnabled(false),
- formattingPossible(false),
- outputType(highlight::HTML)
-{}
-
-CodeGenerator::CodeGenerator(const string &colourTheme)
- :in(NULL),
- out(NULL),
- maskWs(false),
- excludeWs(false),
- fragmentOutput(false),
- showLineNumbers (false),
- lineNumberFillZeroes(false),
- lineNumber(0),
- includeStyleDef(false),
- stylePath(colourTheme),
- lineIndex(0),
- formatter(NULL),
- preFormatter(NULL),
- formattingEnabled(false),
- formattingPossible(false),
- outputType(highlight::HTML)
-{
- line.reserve(100);
- docStyle.load(stylePath);
-}
-
-CodeGenerator::~CodeGenerator()
-{
- delete preFormatter;
- delete formatter;
-}
-
-
-/** Getter and Setter*/
-
-void CodeGenerator::setPrintLineNumbers(bool flag){
- showLineNumbers=flag;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::getPrintLineNumbers(){
- return showLineNumbers;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setPrintZeroes(bool flag){
- lineNumberFillZeroes=flag;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::getPrintZeroes(){
- return lineNumberFillZeroes;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setFragmentCode(bool flag){
- fragmentOutput=flag;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setIncludeStyle(bool flag){
- includeStyleDef = flag;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setStyleInputPath(const string& path){
- styleInputPath = path;
-}
-void CodeGenerator::setStyleOutputPath(const string& path){
- styleOutputPath = path;
-}
-
-const string& CodeGenerator::getStyleInputPath(){
- return styleInputPath;
-}
-const string& CodeGenerator::getStyleOutputPath(){
- return styleOutputPath;
-}
-
-
-bool CodeGenerator::getFragmentCode(){
- return fragmentOutput;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setStyleName(const string& s){
- stylePath=s;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setType(OutputType t){
- outputType = t;
-}
-
-const string& CodeGenerator::getStyleName(){
- return stylePath;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::formattingDisabled(){
- return !formattingEnabled;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::formattingIsPossible(){
- return formattingPossible;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::setPreformatting(WrapMode lineWrappingStyle,
- unsigned int lineLength,
- int numberSpaces ){
- bool enableWrap = lineWrappingStyle!=WRAP_DISABLED;
- bool replaceTabs = numberSpaces > 0;
- if (enableWrap || replaceTabs) {
- preFormatter=new PreFormatter(enableWrap, replaceTabs);
- if (enableWrap)
- preFormatter->setWrappingProperties(lineLength, lineWrappingStyle==WRAP_DEFAULT);
- if (replaceTabs)
- preFormatter->setNumberSpaces(numberSpaces);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-WrapMode CodeGenerator::getLineWrapping(){
- if (preFormatter==NULL) return WRAP_DISABLED;
- return (preFormatter->indentCode()?WRAP_DEFAULT:WRAP_SIMPLE);
-}
-*/
-LanguageDefinition &CodeGenerator::getLanguage(){
- return langInfo;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::reset()
-{
- lineIndex = lineNumber = 0;
- line.clear();
-}
-
-
-/** sucht vorwaerts ab Position searchPos Ziffer in s und liefert Integerwert
-der gefundenen Zahl zurueck.
-Im SymbolString stehen die den einzelnen Symbolen zugeordneten Konstanten
-immer HINTER diesen Symbolen*/
-State CodeGenerator::getState(const string &s, unsigned int searchPos)
-{
- unsigned int i= searchPos+1, result=0;
-
- // nach Ziffer in s suchen
- do {
- ++i;
- } while ((i<s.length()) && !isdigit(s[i])) ;
-
- // Zahl zusammensetzen
- while ((i<s.length()) && isdigit(s[i])){
- result = result *10 + (s[i]-'0');
- ++i;
- }
- return ((result)? (State)result:_UNKNOWN);
-}
-
-string CodeGenerator::getIdentifier()
-{
- --lineIndex;
- unsigned int startPos=lineIndex;
- char c= line[lineIndex];
-
- while ( ( lineIndex < line.length()
- && ( StringTools::isAlpha(c)
- || isdigit(c))
- || isAllowedChar(c))
- )
- {
- ++lineIndex;
- c= line[lineIndex];
- }
- return string(line, startPos, lineIndex - startPos);
-}
-
-string CodeGenerator::getNumber()
-{
- --lineIndex;
- unsigned int startPos=lineIndex;
- char c=line[lineIndex];
-
- while ( lineIndex < line.length() && (
- isdigit(c)
- // don't highlight methods applied on numbers as part of the number
- // i.e. Ruby: 3.xxx()
- || (c == '.' && isdigit(line[lineIndex+1]))
- // '-' is accepted as first character
- || (c == '-' && lineIndex == startPos)
- || (StringTools::isAlpha(c) && line[lineIndex-1]=='0')
- || (isxdigit(c) || c=='L' || c=='U' || c=='l' || c=='u') ))
- {
- ++lineIndex;
- c= line[lineIndex];
- }
- return string(line,startPos, lineIndex-startPos);
-}
-
-unsigned int CodeGenerator::getLineNumber()
-{
- return lineNumber;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::readNewLine(string &newLine){
- bool eof;
- terminatingChar=newLine[lineIndex-1];
- if (formattingPossible && formattingEnabled)
- {
- eof=!formatter->hasMoreLines();
- if (!eof)
- {
- newLine = formatter->nextLine();
- }
- }
- else // reformatting not enabled
- {
- eof = ! getline( *in, newLine);
- }
- return eof;
-}
-
-unsigned char CodeGenerator::getInputChar()
-{
- bool eol = lineIndex == line.length();
-
- if (eol) {
- bool eof=false;
- if (preFormatter!=NULL){
- if (!preFormatter->hasMoreLines()) {
- eof=readNewLine(line);
- preFormatter->setLine(line);
- }
- line = preFormatter->getNextLine();
- } else {
- eof=readNewLine(line);
- }
- lineIndex=0;
- ++lineNumber;
- line=StringTools::trimRight(line);
- return (eof)?'\0':'\n';
- }
- return line[lineIndex++];
-}
-
-State CodeGenerator::getCurrentState (bool lastStateWasNumber)
-{
- unsigned char c;
-
- if (token.length()==0) {
- c=getInputChar();
- } else {
- lineIndex-= (token.length()-1);
- c=token[0];
- }
- if (c=='\n'){
- return _EOL; // End of line
- }
-
- if (c=='\0') {
- return _EOF; // End of file
- }
-
- if (isspace(c)) {
- token= c;
- return _WS;
- }
-
- // numbers have to be searched before using the symbolstring,
- // as numbers are part of this string
- if (isdigit(c)
- // recognize floats like .5
- || (c=='.' && isdigit(line[lineIndex]))
- // test if '-' belongs to a term like "1-2"
- || ((c == '-')
- && (!lastStateWasNumber)
- && isdigit(StringTools::getNextNonWs(line, lineIndex))) )
- {
- token = getNumber();
- return NUMBER;
- }
- unsigned int symbolLength;
- size_t symbolPos;
- bool found=false;
- string symbols=langInfo.getSymbolString();
-
- symbolPos = symbols.find(c);
- // search symbols (comment delimiters, directives etc.)
- // before keywords, because alphabetic chars may be part of symbols, too
- while ((symbolPos!= string::npos) && (!found))
- {
- symbolLength=symbols.find(' ', symbolPos)-symbolPos;
- token = symbols.substr(symbolPos, symbolLength);
-
- // TODO Ruby =ende, =end bugfix (whitespace after symbol needs to be checked)
-
- // Abfrage nach Leerzeichen in SymbolString verhindert falsches
- // Erkennen von Symbolteilen:
- if (lineIndex && token == line.substr(lineIndex-1, symbolLength)
- && isspace(symbols[symbolPos-1]) ) {
- found = true;
- lineIndex += (symbolLength-1);
- } else {
- symbolPos = symbols.find_first_not_of(' ',symbols.find(' ',symbolPos));
- }
- }
-
- // dirty workaround stuff in here
- if (found) {
- State foundState = getState(symbols, symbolPos);
-
- // get the current keyword class id to apply the corresponding formatting style
- if (foundState==KEYWORD_BEGIN || foundState==TAG_BEGIN ) {
- currentKeywordClass=langInfo.getDelimPrefixClassID(token);
- }
-
- // Full line quotes must start in coloumn 1 (Fortran 77)
- if (langInfo.isFullLineComment() && foundState==SL_COMMENT){
- if (lineIndex==1) {
- return SL_COMMENT;
- }
- }
- // VHDL Workaround: distinguish string delimiters and event markers
- // (same eymbol: ')
- else if (langInfo.isVHDL()
- && foundState==STRING && currentState!=STRING
- && lineIndex > 1
- &&(isdigit(line[lineIndex-2]) || isalpha(line[lineIndex-2]))){
- c=line[lineIndex-1];
- // do not return, continue search...
- } else {
- return foundState;
- }
- }
-
- // Alphanumerisches Token parsen und als Keyword oder Type erkennen
- if (StringTools::isAlpha(c) || langInfo.isPrefix(c) || isAllowedChar(c))
- {
- if (langInfo.isPrefix(c)){
- token = c;
- ++lineIndex;
- token += getIdentifier();
- } else {
- token = getIdentifier();
- }
- string reservedWord=(langInfo.isIgnoreCase()) ?
- StringTools::lowerCase(token):token;
- currentKeywordClass=langInfo.isKeyword(reservedWord);
- return (currentKeywordClass) ? KEYWORD : STANDARD;
- }
-
- // Character not referring to any state
- token = c;
- return STANDARD;
-}
-
-string CodeGenerator::maskString(const string & s)
-{
- ostringstream ss;
- for (unsigned int i=0;i< s.length();i++){
- ss << maskCharacter(s[i]);
- }
- return ss.str();
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::printMaskedToken(bool flushWhiteSpace)
-{
- if(flushWhiteSpace) flushWs();
- *out << maskString(token);
- token.clear();
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::isAllowedChar(char c)
-{
- return ( langInfo.getAllowedChars().find(c)!= string::npos);
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::styleFound(){
- return docStyle.found();
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::printIndexFile(const vector<string> &fileList,
- const string &outPath){
- return true;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::initIndentationScheme(const string &schemePath){
-
- if (formatter!=NULL){
- return true;
- }
-
- ConfigurationReader indentScheme(schemePath);
- if (indentScheme.found()){
- if (formatter==NULL) {
- formatter=new astyle::ASFormatter();
-
- string brackets=indentScheme.getParameter("brackets");
- if (!brackets.empty()){
- // Break brackets from pre-block code (i.e. ANSI C/C++ style).
- if (brackets=="break"){
- formatter->setBracketFormatMode(astyle::BREAK_MODE);
- }
- //Attach brackets to pre-block code (i.e. Java/K&R style).
- else if (brackets=="attach"){
- formatter->setBracketFormatMode(astyle::ATTACH_MODE);
- }
- // Break definition-block brackets and attach command-block brackets.
- else if (brackets=="linux"){
- formatter->setBracketFormatMode(astyle::BDAC_MODE);
- }
- // Break brackets before closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch', ..).
- // Should be appended to --brackets=attach or --brackets=linux.
- else if (brackets=="break-closing-headers"){
- formatter->setBreakClosingHeaderBracketsMode(true);
- }
- }
-
- string pad=indentScheme.getParameter("pad");
- if (!pad.empty()){
- //Insert space paddings around parenthesies only.
- if (pad=="paren"){
- formatter->setParenthesisPaddingMode(true);
- }
- // Insert space paddings around operators only.
- else if (pad=="oper"){
- formatter->setOperatorPaddingMode(true);
- }
- //Insert space paddings around operators AND parenthesies.
- else if (pad=="all"){
- formatter->setOperatorPaddingMode(true);
- formatter->setParenthesisPaddingMode(true);
- }
- }
-
- string oneLine=indentScheme.getParameter("one-line");
- if (!oneLine.empty()){
- // Don't break one-line blocks.
- if (oneLine=="keep-blocks"){
- formatter->setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(false);
- }
- // Don't break complex statements and multiple statements residing in a
- // single line.
- else if (oneLine=="keep-statements"){
- formatter->setSingleStatementsMode(false);
- }
- }
-
- // Insert empty lines around unrelated blocks, labels, classes, ...
- string breakBlocks=indentScheme.getParameter("break-blocks");
- if (!breakBlocks.empty()){
- if (breakBlocks=="all"){
- //Like --break-blocks, except also insert empty lines around closing
- //headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch', ...).
- formatter->setBreakClosingHeaderBlocksMode(true);
- }
- formatter->setBreakBlocksMode(true);
- }
- string trueVal="true";
-
- // Other options...
-
- //Indent using # spaces per indent. Not specifying # will result in a
- //default of 4 spaces per indent.
- string indentSpaces=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-spaces");
-
- // Indent a minimal # spaces in a continuous conditional belonging to a
- //conditional header.
- string minConditionalIndent=indentScheme.getParameter("min-conditional-indent");
-
- // Indent a maximal # spaces in a continuous statement, relatively to the
- // previous line.
- string maxInStatementIndent=indentScheme.getParameter("max-instatement-indent");
-
- // Add extra indentation to '{' and '}' block brackets.
- string indentBrackets=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-brackets");
-
- // Add extra indentation entire blocks (including brackets).
- string indentBlocks=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-blocks");
-
- // Indent the contents of namespace blocks.
- string indentNamespaces=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-namespaces");
-
- // Indent 'class' blocks, so that the inner 'public:','protected:' and
- // 'private: headers are indented inrelation to the class block.
- string indentClasses=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-classes");
-
- // Indent 'switch' blocks, so that the inner 'case XXX:' headers are
- // indented in relation to the switch block.
- string indentSwitches=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-switches");
-
- // Indent 'case XXX:' lines, so that they are flush with their bodies..
- string indentCases=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-cases");
-
- // Indent labels so that they appear one indent less than the current
- // indentation level, rather than being flushed completely to the left
- // (which is the default).
- string indentLabels=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-labels");
-
- // Indent multi-line #define statements
- string indentPreprocessor=indentScheme.getParameter("indent-preprocessor");
-
- // Break 'else if()' statements into two different lines.
- string breakElseIfs = indentScheme.getParameter("break-elseifs");
-
- string javaStyle = indentScheme.getParameter("java-style");
-
- // default values in ASBeautifier are false, it is ok to set them false
- // if parameter does not exist in scheme file
- formatter->setBracketIndent(indentBrackets==trueVal);
- formatter->setBlockIndent(indentBlocks==trueVal);
- formatter->setNamespaceIndent(indentNamespaces==trueVal);
- formatter->setClassIndent(indentClasses==trueVal);
- formatter->setSwitchIndent(indentSwitches==trueVal);
- formatter->setCaseIndent(indentCases==trueVal);
- formatter->setLabelIndent(indentLabels==trueVal);
- formatter->setPreprocessorIndent(indentPreprocessor==trueVal);
- formatter->setBreakElseIfsMode(breakElseIfs==trueVal);
-
- if (javaStyle==trueVal){
- formatter->setJavaStyle();
- }
-
- if (!indentSpaces.empty()){
- formatter->setSpaceIndentation(StringTools::str2int(indentSpaces));
- }
- if (!minConditionalIndent.empty()){
- formatter->setMinConditionalIndentLength(
- StringTools::str2int(minConditionalIndent));
- }
- if (!maxInStatementIndent.empty()){
- formatter->setMinConditionalIndentLength(
- StringTools::str2int(maxInStatementIndent));
- }
- }
- formattingEnabled=(formatter != NULL);
- return true;
- } else {
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-LoadResult CodeGenerator::initLanguage(const string& langDefPath){
- bool reloadNecessary= langInfo.needsReload(langDefPath);
- if (reloadNecessary){
- bool failure = !langInfo.load(langDefPath);
-
- if (failure) {
- return LOAD_FAILED;
- }
-
- formattingPossible=langInfo.enableReformatting();
-
- if (styleTagOpen.size()>NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES){
- // remove dynamic keyword tag delimiters of the old language definition
- vector<string>::iterator keyStyleOpenBegin =
- styleTagOpen.begin() + NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES;
- vector<string>::iterator keyStyleCloseBegin =
- styleTagClose.begin()+ NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES;
- styleTagOpen.erase(keyStyleOpenBegin, styleTagOpen.end());
- styleTagClose.erase(keyStyleCloseBegin, styleTagClose.end());
- }
- // add new keyword delimiters
- for (unsigned int i=0;i< langInfo.getKeywordClasses().size(); i++){
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getMatchingOpenTag(i));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getMatchingCloseTag(i));
- }
- }
- return (reloadNecessary) ? LOAD_NEW : LOAD_NONE;
-}
-
-ParseError CodeGenerator::printOutput (const string & inFileName,
- const string &outFileName)
-{
- if (!docStyle.found()) {
- return BAD_STYLE;
- }
- reset();
-
- ParseError error=PARSE_OK;
-
- in = (inFileName.empty()? &cin :new ifstream (inFileName.c_str()));
- if (!in->fail()) {
- out = (outFileName.empty()? &cout :new ofstream (outFileName.c_str()));
- if ( out->fail()) {
- error=BAD_OUTPUT;
- }
- }
-
- if ( in->fail()){
- error=BAD_INPUT;
- }
-
- if (error==PARSE_OK) {
- if (formatter != NULL){
- formatter->init(new astyle::ASStreamIterator(in));
- }
- if (! fragmentOutput){
- *out << getHeader(inFileName);
- }
- printBody();
- if (! fragmentOutput){
- *out << getFooter();
- }
- }
-
- if (!outFileName.empty()){
- delete out; out=NULL;
- }
- if (!inFileName.empty()) {
- delete in; in=NULL;
- }
- return error;
-}
-
-
-unsigned int CodeGenerator::getStyleID(State s, unsigned int kwClassID){
- if (s==KEYWORD && kwClassID){
- return NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES + kwClassID-1;
- }
- return (unsigned int) s ;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::closeTag(State s){
- *out << styleTagClose[(unsigned int)s];
- flushWs();
- currentState=_UNKNOWN;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::openTag(State s){
- *out << styleTagOpen[(unsigned int)s];
- currentState=s;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::closeKWTag(unsigned int kwClassID){
- *out << styleTagClose[getStyleID(KEYWORD, kwClassID)];
-
- flushWs();
- currentState=_UNKNOWN;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::openKWTag(unsigned int kwClassID){
- *out << styleTagOpen[getStyleID(KEYWORD, kwClassID)];
- currentState=KEYWORD;
-}
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-void CodeGenerator::processRootState()
-{
- if (langInfo.highlightingDisabled()){
- string line;
- while (getline(*in, line)){
- *out << maskString(line) << getNewLine();
- }
- *out << flush;
- return;
- }
-
- State state=STANDARD;
-
- bool eof=false,
- firstLine=true; // avoid newline before printing the first output line
- openTag(STANDARD);
- do {
- // determine next state
- state= getCurrentState(state==NUMBER);
- // handle current state
- switch(state)
- {
- case KEYWORD:
- case KEYWORD_BEGIN:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processKeywordState(state);
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case NUMBER:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processNumberState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case ML_COMMENT_BEGIN:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processMultiLineCommentState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case SL_COMMENT:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processSingleLineCommentState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case STRING:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processStringState(STANDARD);
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case DIRECTIVE_LINE:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processDirectiveState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case TAG_BEGIN:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processTagState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case ESC_CHAR:
- if (langInfo.allowExtEscSeq()){
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processEscapeCharState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- } else {
- printMaskedToken();
- }
- break;
- case SYMBOL:
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- eof=processSymbolState();
- openTag(STANDARD);
- break;
- case _EOL:
- insertLineNumber(!firstLine);
- firstLine=false;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof=true;
- break;
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- default:
- printMaskedToken();
- break;
- }
- }
- while (!eof);
- closeTag(STANDARD);
- *out << getNewLine();
- *out << flush;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processKeywordState(State myState){
- State newState=STANDARD;
- unsigned int myClassID=currentKeywordClass;
- bool eof=false,
- exitState=false;
-
- openKWTag(myClassID);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- newState= getCurrentState();
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- insertLineNumber();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- case KEYWORD_END:
- if (myState==KEYWORD_BEGIN){
- printMaskedToken();
- }
- exitState=true;
- break;
- default:
- exitState= myState!=KEYWORD_BEGIN
- &&((myClassID!=currentKeywordClass)||(myState!=newState));
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeKWTag(myClassID);
-
- currentKeywordClass=0;
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processNumberState(){
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false,
- exitState=false;
-
- openTag(NUMBER);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- newState= getCurrentState(true);
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- insertLineNumber();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- exitState=newState!=NUMBER;
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(NUMBER);
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processMultiLineCommentState()
-{
- int commentCount=1;
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false, exitState=false;
-
- openTag(ML_COMMENT_BEGIN);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- newState= getCurrentState();
-
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- wsBuffer += styleTagClose[ML_COMMENT_BEGIN];
- insertLineNumber();
- wsBuffer += styleTagOpen[ML_COMMENT_BEGIN];
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- case ML_COMMENT_BEGIN:
- if (langInfo.allowNestedMLComments()) {
- ++commentCount;
- }
- break;
- case ML_COMMENT_END:
- commentCount--;
- if (!commentCount){
- printMaskedToken();
- exitState=true;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(ML_COMMENT_BEGIN);
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processSingleLineCommentState()
-{
-
- //if ( checkSpecialCmd()) return false;
-
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false, exitState=false;
-
- openTag(SL_COMMENT);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- newState= getCurrentState();
-
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- printMaskedToken();
- insertLineNumber();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(SL_COMMENT);
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processDirectiveState()
-{
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false, exitState=false;
-
- openTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- newState= getCurrentState();
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case DIRECTIVE_LINE_END:
- printMaskedToken();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case _EOL:
- printMaskedToken();
- exitState=(terminatingChar!=langInfo.getContinuationChar());
- if (!exitState) wsBuffer += styleTagClose[DIRECTIVE_LINE];
- insertLineNumber();
- if (!exitState) wsBuffer += styleTagOpen[DIRECTIVE_LINE];
- break;
- case ML_COMMENT_BEGIN:
- closeTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- eof= processMultiLineCommentState();
- openTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- break;
- case SL_COMMENT:
- closeTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- eof= processSingleLineCommentState();
- openTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case STRING:
- closeTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- eof=processStringState(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- openTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE);
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processStringState(State oldState)
-{
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false, exitState=false;
- bool returnedFromOtherState=false;
- // Test if character before string open delimiter token equals to the
- // raw string prefix (Example: r" ", r""" """ in Python)
- bool isRawString=
- line[lineIndex-token.length()-1]==langInfo.getRawStringPrefix();
-
- string openStringDelimiter=token;
-
- State myState= (oldState==DIRECTIVE_LINE) ? DIRECTIVE_STRING : STRING;
- openTag(myState);
- do {
- // true if last token was an escape char
- if (!returnedFromOtherState) {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- }
- returnedFromOtherState=false;
- newState= getCurrentState();
-
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- wsBuffer += styleTagClose[myState];
- insertLineNumber();
- wsBuffer += styleTagOpen[myState];
- //exitState=true;
- break;
- case ML_COMMENT_END:
- printMaskedToken();
- break;
- case STRING:
- exitState= openStringDelimiter==token;
- printMaskedToken();
- break;
- case ESC_CHAR:
- if (!isRawString){
- closeTag(myState);
- eof=processEscapeCharState();
- openTag(myState);
- returnedFromOtherState=true;
- }
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- printMaskedToken();
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(myState);
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processTagState()
-{
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false, exitState=false, returnedFromOtherState=false;
- unsigned int myKeywordClass=currentKeywordClass;
-
- openTag(KEYWORD);
- do {
- if (!returnedFromOtherState) {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- }
- returnedFromOtherState = false;
- newState= getCurrentState();
-
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- insertLineNumber();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case TAG_END:
- printMaskedToken();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case STRING:
- closeTag(KEYWORD);
- eof=processStringState(KEYWORD);
- currentKeywordClass=myKeywordClass;
- openTag(KEYWORD);
- returnedFromOtherState = true;
- break;
- case ESC_CHAR:
- closeTag(KEYWORD);
- eof=processEscapeCharState();
- currentKeywordClass=myKeywordClass;
- openTag(KEYWORD);
- returnedFromOtherState = true;
- break;
- case NUMBER:
- closeTag(KEYWORD);
- eof=processNumberState();
- currentKeywordClass=myKeywordClass;
- openTag(KEYWORD);
- returnedFromOtherState = true;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- printMaskedToken();
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(KEYWORD);
- currentKeywordClass=0;
-
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processSymbolState(){
-
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false,
- exitState=false;
-
- openTag(SYMBOL);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- newState= getCurrentState(true);
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- break;
- case _EOL:
- insertLineNumber();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- exitState=newState!=SYMBOL;
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(SYMBOL);
- return eof;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::processEscapeCharState()
-{
- State newState=STANDARD;
- bool eof=false, exitState=false;
-
- openTag(ESC_CHAR);
- do {
- printMaskedToken(newState!=_WS);
- skipEscapeSequence();
- newState= getCurrentState();
- switch(newState)
- {
- case _EOL:
- insertLineNumber();
- exitState=true;
- break;
- case _WS:
- processWsState();
- --lineIndex;
- break;
- case _EOF:
- eof = true;
- break;
- default:
- exitState=newState!=ESC_CHAR;
- break;
- }
- } while ((!exitState) && (!eof));
-
- closeTag(ESC_CHAR);
- return eof;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::skipEscapeSequence(){
- if (lineIndex<line.length()){
- char c=line[lineIndex];
- int charsToSkip=1;
- // Escape Sequenz /ooo Oktal, /x000 hex, /u00xx Java unicode
- if (isdigit(c) ){
- // \0 abfangen
- while ( isdigit(line[lineIndex+charsToSkip]) && charsToSkip<4) {
- ++charsToSkip;
- }
- } else if (tolower(c)=='x'){
- charsToSkip=langInfo.isJava() ? 4 : 3;
- } else if (tolower(c)=='u'){
- charsToSkip=5;
- }
- while (charsToSkip-- && lineIndex++<line.length()){
- *out <<maskCharacter(line[lineIndex-1]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-void CodeGenerator::processWsState()
-{
- if (!maskWs) {
- wsBuffer += token;
- token.clear();
- return;
- }
- flushWs();
- int cntWs=0;
- lineIndex--;
-
- while (isspace(line[lineIndex]) ) {
- ++cntWs;
- ++lineIndex;
- }
-
- if (cntWs>1) {
- unsigned int styleID=getStyleID(currentState, currentKeywordClass);
- if (excludeWs && styleID!=_UNKNOWN) {
- *out << styleTagClose[styleID];
- }
- *out << maskWsBegin;
- for (int i=0; i<cntWs; i++){
- *out << spacer;
- }
- *out << maskWsEnd;
- if (excludeWs && styleID!=_UNKNOWN){
- *out << styleTagOpen[styleID];
- }
- } else {
- *out << token;
- }
- token.clear();
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::flushWs(){
- *out<<wsBuffer;
- wsBuffer.clear();
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::isFirstNonWsChar() {
- unsigned int i=lineIndex-1;
- while (i--){
- if (!isspace(line[i])){
- return false;
- }
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-string CodeGenerator::getNewLine(){
- return newLineTag;
-}
-
-void CodeGenerator::insertLineNumber(bool insertNewLine) {
- if (insertNewLine){
- wsBuffer += getNewLine();
- }
- if (showLineNumbers) {
- ostringstream os;
- ostringstream numberPrefix;
- if (lineNumberFillZeroes) {
- os.fill('0');
- }
- os <<setw(LINE_NUMBER_WIDTH) << right << lineNumber;
-
- numberPrefix << styleTagOpen[LINENUMBER]
- << maskString(os.str()) << spacer
- << styleTagClose[LINENUMBER];
-
- wsBuffer += numberPrefix.str();
- }
-}
-
-unsigned int CodeGenerator::getLineIndex(){
- return lineIndex;
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::printExternalStyle(const string &outFile)
-{
- if (!includeStyleDef && langInfo.getSyntaxHighlight()) {
- ofstream cssOutFile(outFile.c_str());
- if (cssOutFile) {
- cssOutFile << styleCommentOpen
- <<" Style definition file generated by highlight "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION << ", " << HIGHLIGHT_URL
- << " " << styleCommentClose << "\n";
- cssOutFile << "\n"<<styleCommentOpen<<" Highlighting theme definition: "
- << styleCommentClose << "\n\n"
- << getStyleDefinition()
- << "\n";
- cssOutFile << readUserStyleDef();
- cssOutFile.close();
- } else {
- return false;
- }
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-string CodeGenerator::readUserStyleDef(){
- ostringstream ostr;
- if (!styleInputPath.empty()){
- ifstream userStyleDef(styleInputPath.c_str());
- if (userStyleDef) {
- ostr << "\n"<<styleCommentOpen<<" Content of "<<styleInputPath<<": "<<styleCommentClose<<"\n";
- string line;
- while (getline(userStyleDef, line)){
- ostr << line << "\n";
- }
- userStyleDef.close();
- } else {
- ostr << styleCommentOpen<<" ERROR: Could not include "
- << styleInputPath
- << "."<<styleCommentClose<<"\n";
- }
- }
- return ostr.str();
-}
-
-bool CodeGenerator::checkSpecialCmd(){
- bool insertNL = (lineIndex-token.length());
- cerr << "token: "<<token<< " index"<< lineIndex << " "<<line [ lineIndex ]<<endl;
-
- if (line [ lineIndex ]=='!'){
- // find cmd
- size_t cmdPos1 = line.find('@', lineIndex+1);
-
- cerr << "cmdPos"<<cmdPos1<<endl;
- if(cmdPos1==string::npos) return false;
- size_t cmdPos2=cmdPos1+1;
- while (cmdPos2 < line.length() && StringTools::isAlpha(line[cmdPos2])) cmdPos2++;
- cerr << "cmdPos2"<<cmdPos2<<endl;
- cerr << line.substr(cmdPos1, cmdPos2)<<endl;
-
- // hide comment line
- token.clear();
- lineIndex=line.length();
- getInputChar(); lineNumber--;
- if (insertNL) { lineNumber++;insertLineNumber();};
- // end hide
-
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- codeparser.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Jul 9 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef CODEPARSER_H
-#define CODEPARSER_H
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <string>
-#include <iomanip>
-#include <cctype>
-
-#include "languagedefinition.h"
-#include "documentstyle.h"
-#include "ASFormatter.h"
-#include "preformatter.h"
-#include "enums.h"
-
-
-#define NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES 10
-#define LINE_NUMBER_WIDTH 5
-#define MAX_LINE__WIDTH 80
-
-#define OUTPUT_FLAG_LN 1
-#define OUTPUT_FLAG_LNZ 2
-#define OUTPUT_FLAG_FRAG 4
-
-/** The highlight namespace contains all classes and data structures
- needed for parsing input data.
-*/
-namespace highlight {
-
-/** \brief Base class for parsing. Works similar to a Turing machine.
-
- The virtual class provides source code parsing functioality, based on
- information stored in language definitions.<br>
- Deriving classes have to define the output format.<br>
- Codegenerator is a singleton class.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class CodeGenerator
- {
-
- public:
-
- virtual ~CodeGenerator();
-
- /**
- Get appropriate Codegenerator instance
- \param type Output file type (HTML, XHTML, RTF, LATEX, TEX, XSLFO, ANSI)
- \param styleInfoPath Path to formatting style information
- \param styleInPath Path to style definition input file (to be included in styleOutPath)
- \param styleOutPath Path to style definition output file (CSS path for HTML output)
- \param encoding Output file encoding name
- \param includeStyle Switch to include style information in output file (only XHTML, HTML)
- \param attachAnchors Switch to attach anchors to line numbers (only XHTML, HTML)
- \param replaceQuotes Switch to replace quotes by \dq{} (only LATEX)
- \param fopCompatible Switch to generate FO for Apache FOP (only XSLFO)
- \param omitEncoding Switch to omit encoding info in output document
- \param ln Set true if line numbers should be printed
- \param lnz Set true if leading space of line numbers should be filled with 0's
- \param fragment Set true if document header and footer should be omitted
- \param numSpaces Number of spaces which replace a tab
- \param lineWrappingMode Line wrapping mode
- */
- static CodeGenerator* getInstance(OutputType type,
- const string& styleInfoPath,
- const string& styleInPath,
- const string& styleOutPath,
- const string& encoding,
- bool includeStyle,
- bool attachAnchors,
- bool replaceQuotes,
- bool fopCompatible,
- int numSpaces,
- WrapMode lineWrappingMode,
- bool ln,
- bool lnz,
- bool fragment,
- bool omitEncoding );
-
- /** Deletes the singleton CodeGenerator instance.
- Call this method if getInstance was already called, or if you want to
- free the momory after usage.*/
- static void deleteInstance();
-
- /**
- Generates output
- \param inFileName Path of input file (if empty use stdin)
- \param outFileName Path of input file (if empty use stdout)
-
- \return ParseError
- */
- ParseError printOutput(const string &inFileName, const string &outFileName);
-
- /** \return True if document style was found */
- bool styleFound();
-
- /** \return True if reformatting of current input is disabled */
- bool formattingDisabled();
-
- /** \return True if reformatting of current input is possible */
- bool formattingIsPossible();
-
- /** \param langDefPath Absolute path to language definition
- \return Failure: LOAD_FAILED; Reload necessary: LOAD_NEW,
- no reload necessary: LOAD_NONE */
- LoadResult initLanguage(const string& langDefPath);
-
- /** \return Language definition*/
- LanguageDefinition &getLanguage();
-
- /** tell parser to output line numbers
- \param flag true if line numbers should be printed
- */
- void setPrintLineNumbers(bool flag);
-
- /** \return line number flag */
- bool getPrintLineNumbers();
-
-
- /** tell parser to output line numbers filled with zeroes
- \param flag true if zeroes should be printed
- */
- void setPrintZeroes(bool flag);
-
- /** \return print zeroes flag */
- bool getPrintZeroes();
-
- /** tell parser to omit document header and footer
- \param flag true if output should be fragmented
- */
- void setFragmentCode(bool flag);
-
- /** \return fragment flag */
- bool getFragmentCode();
-
- /** tell parser the style name
- \param s path to style definition
- */
- void setStyleName(const string& s);
-
- /** \return style path */
- const string& getStyleName();
-
- /** tell parser the wrapping mode
- \param lineWrappingStyle wrapping style
- \param lineLength max line length
- \param numberSpaces number of spaces which replace a tab
- */
- void setPreformatting(WrapMode lineWrappingStyle, unsigned int lineLength,int numberSpaces);
-
- /** \return wrapping style */
- WrapMode getLineWrapping();
-
- /** tell parser the include style definition in output
- \param flag true if style should be included
- */
- void setIncludeStyle(bool flag);
-
- /** Print style definitions to external file
- \param outFile Path of external style definition
- */
- bool printExternalStyle(const string &outFile);
-
- /** Print index file with all input file names
- \param fileList List of output file names
- \param outPath Output path
- */
- virtual bool printIndexFile(const vector<string> & fileList,
- const string &outPath);
-
- /** initialize source code indentation
- \param indentSchemePath Path of indentation scheme
- \return true id successfull
- */
- bool initIndentationScheme(const string&indentSchemePath);
-
- /** Set style input path
- \param s path to style input file
- */
- void setStyleInputPath(const string& path);
-
- /** Set style output path
- \param s path to style output file
- */
- void setStyleOutputPath(const string& path);
-
-/** Set output type
- \param s output type
- */
- void setType(OutputType t);
-
- /**
- \return style input file path
- */
- const string& getStyleInputPath();
-
- /**
- \return style output file path
- */
- const string& getStyleOutputPath();
-
-protected:
-
- CodeGenerator();
-
- //! CodeGenerator Constructor
- /**
- \param colourTheme Name of coloring style being used
- */
- CodeGenerator(const string &colourTheme);
-
- /** \param c Character to be masked
- \return Escape sequence of output format */
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char c) = 0;
-
- /** \param s string
- \return Copy of s with all escaped characters */
- string maskString(const string &s ) ;
-
- /** \param s Symbol string
- \param searchPos Position where search starts
- \return Found state (integer value) */
- State getState(const string &s, unsigned int searchPos);
-
- /** \return Next identifier in current line of code */
- string getIdentifier();
-
- /** \return Next number in current line of code */
- string getNumber();
-
- /** Insert line number at the beginning of current output line */
- virtual void insertLineNumber(bool insertNewLine=true);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- virtual string getFooter() = 0;
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- virtual void printBody() = 0;
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- virtual string getHeader(const string &title) = 0;
-
- /** Get current line number
- \return line number */
- unsigned int getLineNumber();
-
-
- /** Tag Delimiters for every colour style*/
- vector <string> styleTagOpen, styleTagClose;
-
- /** Description of document colour style*/
- DocumentStyle docStyle;
-
- /** Language definition*/
- LanguageDefinition langInfo;
-
- /** Tag for inserting line feeds*/
- string newLineTag;
-
- /** String that represents a white space in output */
- string spacer;
-
- /** file input*/
- istream *in;
-
- /** file output*/
- ostream *out;
-
- /** Tags which enclose white space indentation blocks */
- string maskWsBegin, maskWsEnd;
-
- /** Style comment delimiters */
- string styleCommentOpen, styleCommentClose;
-
- /** Test if maskWsBegin and maskWsEnd should be applied */
- bool maskWs;
-
- /** Test if whitespace sould always be separated from enclosing tokens */
- bool excludeWs;
-
- /** Test if header and footer should be omitted */
- bool fragmentOutput;
-
- /** Test if line numbers should be printed */
- bool showLineNumbers;
-
- /** Test if leading spyce of line number should be filled with zeroes*/
- bool lineNumberFillZeroes;
-
- /** Current line of input file*/
- string line;
-
- /** Current line number */
- unsigned int lineNumber;
-
- // Zeigt den aktuellen Zustand an
- // wird nicht in getCurrentState gesetzt, da nur Zustände interessant
- // sind, die als Index auf die styleCloseTags und styleOpenTags verwendet
- // werden können
- /** Current state*/
- State currentState;
-
- /** keyword class id, used to apply the corresponding keyword style*/
- unsigned int currentKeywordClass;
-
- /** Processes origin state */
- void processRootState();
-
- /** return line break sequence */
- virtual string getNewLine();
-
- /**
- \param s current state
- \return Index of style tag corresponding to the states
- */
- unsigned int getStyleID(State s, unsigned int kwClassID = 0);
-
- /** \return line index */
- unsigned int getLineIndex();
-
- /** print all remaining white space*/
- void flushWs();
-
- /**
- \return Content of user defined input style
- */
- string readUserStyleDef();
-
- /**
- \return Style definition of the chosen output format
- */
- virtual string getStyleDefinition() {return "";};
-
- /** contains white space, which will be printed after a closing tag */
- string wsBuffer;
-
- /**
- Flag to test if style definition should be included in output document
- */
- bool includeStyleDef;
-
-private:
-
- CodeGenerator(const CodeGenerator&){}
- CodeGenerator& operator=(CodeGenerator&){ return *this;}
-
- static CodeGenerator* generator;
-
- /** return matching open and close tags of the given state */
- virtual string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int) = 0;
- virtual string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int) = 0;
-
- /** open a new tag, set current state to s*/
- void openTag(State s);
-
- /** close opened tag, clear current state */
- void closeTag(State s);
-
- void closeTag(unsigned int styleID);
-
- void openTag(unsigned int styleID);
-
- // path to style definition file
- string stylePath;
-
- // contains current position in line
- unsigned int lineIndex;
-
- /**last character of the last line*/
- unsigned char terminatingChar;
-
- /** Class for reformatting */
- astyle::ASFormatter *formatter;
-
- /** Class for line wrapping and tab replacement*/
- PreFormatter *preFormatter;
-
- /** Flag to test if formatting is enabled with current input document*/
- bool formattingEnabled;
-
-
- /** Flag to test if formatting is possible with current input document*/
- bool formattingPossible;
-
- /** contains the current token*/
- string token;
-
- string styleInputPath, styleOutputPath;
-
- /** Resets parser to origin state, call this after every file conversion */
- void reset();
-
- /** read new line from in stream */
- bool readNewLine(string &newLine);
-
- /** return next character from in stream */
- unsigned char getInputChar();
-
- OutputType outputType;
-
- /** return new state */
- State getCurrentState ( bool lastStateWasNumber=false);
-
- /** Methods that represent a parsing state */
- bool processKeywordState(State myState) ;
- bool processNumberState() ;
- bool processMultiLineCommentState();
- bool processSingleLineCommentState();
- bool processStringState(State oldState);
- bool processEscapeCharState();
- bool processDirectiveState();
- bool processTagState();
- bool processSymbolState();
- void processWsState();
-
- /** gibt true zurck, falls c ein erlaubter Character innerhalb von Keyword
- oder Typbezeichner ist */
- bool isAllowedChar(char c) ;
-
- /** returns true if curret token is the first in line and no whitespace */
- bool isFirstNonWsChar() ;
-
- /** print escaped token and clears it */
- void printMaskedToken(bool flushWhiteSpace=true);
-
- /** print escape sequence */
- void skipEscapeSequence();
-
- void closeKWTag(unsigned int styleID);
- void openKWTag(unsigned int styleID);
-
- /** look for special commands in comments, take action in derived class
- \return true if command was found
- */
- bool checkSpecialCmd();
-
- };
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002 Tal Davidson. All rights reserved.
- *
- * compiler_defines.h (1 January 1999)
- * by Tal Davidson (davidsont@bigfoot.com)
- * This file is a part of "Artistic Style" - an indentater and reformatter
- * of C, C++, C# and Java source files.
- *
- * The "Artistic Style" project, including all files needed to compile it,
- * is free software; you can redistribute it and/or use it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- * by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
- * or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program.
- */
-
-
-
-
-
-/*
- * comment out the line below if your compiler does NOT understand NAMESPACES
- */
-#define USES_NAMESPACE
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3
-// for G++ implementation of string.compare:
-#define COMPARE(place, length, str) compare((str), (place), (length))
-#else
-// for standard implementation of string.compare:
-#define COMPARE(place, length, str) compare((place), (length), (str))
-#endif
-
-
-// Fix by John A. McNamara
-// Get rid of annoying MSVC warnings on debug builds about lengths of
-// identifiers in template instantiations.
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning( disable:4786 )
-#endif
-
-/***************************************************************************
- configurationreader.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Son Nov 10 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "configurationreader.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-ConfigurationReader::ConfigurationReader(const string & configuration_path)
-{
- ifstream in (configuration_path.c_str());
- fileFound=in;
- if (fileFound) {
- string line;
- line.reserve(500);
- unsigned int lineBegin;
- size_t delimPos;
- string paramName, paramValue;
- while (getline(in, line)) {
- lineBegin=line.find_first_not_of("\t ");
- if ((line.size()>2) && (lineBegin!=string::npos)
- && (line.at(lineBegin)!='#')) { //comment?
- if (line[lineBegin]=='$') { // neuer Parametername?
- delimPos=line.find("=",lineBegin)-1;
- if (delimPos!=string::npos) {
- paramName=StringTools::trimRight(
- StringTools::lowerCase(line.substr(lineBegin+1, delimPos)));
- parameterNames.push_back(paramName);
- paramValue=line.substr(delimPos+2, line.length());
- }
- } else { // line belongs to last parameter
- paramValue=line;
- }
- if (parameterMap[paramName].empty()) {
- parameterMap[paramName] = paramValue;
- } else {
- parameterMap[paramName]+= (" "+paramValue);
- }
- } //if ((lineBegin!=string::npos) && (line.at(lineBegin)!='#'))
- } //while
- in.close();
- } //if (in)
-}
-
-ConfigurationReader::~ConfigurationReader()
-{
-}
-
-bool ConfigurationReader::found()
-{
- return fileFound;
-}
-
-string &ConfigurationReader::getParameter(const string & paramName)
-{
- return parameterMap[paramName] ;
-}
-
-const char* ConfigurationReader::getCParameter(const string & paramName)
-{
- return parameterMap[paramName].c_str() ;
-}
-
-vector<string> &ConfigurationReader::getParameterNames()
-{
- return parameterNames;
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- configurationreader.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Son Nov 10 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andr�Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef CONFIGURATIONREADER_H
-#define CONFIGURATIONREADER_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <map>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <vector>
-
-#include "stringtools.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-/** Maps parameter keys to values*/
-typedef map<string, string> ParameterMap;
-
-
-/** \brief Class to handle ASCII config files
-
- Configuration file format:<br>
- $ParamName=ParamValue<br>
- ParamValue may be splittet over multiple lines<br>
- ParamName is not case sensitive<br>
- Comments start with # as the first character of a line
-
- **/
-
-class ConfigurationReader
- {
- public:
- /** Constructor
- \param configuration_path Path to configuration file
- */
- ConfigurationReader(const string & configuration_path);
- ~ConfigurationReader();
-
- /** \param paramName Name of parameter
- \return Value of parameter */
- string &getParameter(const string & paramName);
-
- /** \param paramName Name of parameter
- \return Value of parameter */
- const char* getCParameter(const string & paramName);
-
- /** \return True if config file exists */
- bool found();
-
- /** \return List of parameter names */
- vector<string> &getParameterNames();
-
- private:
- ParameterMap parameterMap;
- bool fileFound;
- vector<string> parameterNames;
- };
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- dataDir.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Sam Mďż˝ 1 2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "datadir.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-bool DataDir::searchDataDir(const string &userDefinedDir){
-#ifndef _WIN32
-
- bool found = false;
- //falls kein Datenverzeichnis angegeben, startIndex auf 1 setzen
- int searchStartIndex=(userDefinedDir.empty());
-
- string possibleDirs[] ={ userDefinedDir,
- #ifdef HL_DATA_DIR
- HL_DATA_DIR,
- #endif
- "/usr/share/highlight/"
- };
-
- for (int i=searchStartIndex;i<
- #ifdef HL_DATA_DIR
- 3
- #else
- 2
- #endif
- ;i++)
- {
- if (fileExists(possibleDirs[i]))
- {
- dataDir=possibleDirs[i];
- found = true;
- }
- if (found) {
- break;
- }
- else {
- if (!searchStartIndex)
- cerr << "highlight: directory "
- << userDefinedDir
- << " specified by data-dir option not found.\n"
- << " Searching another standard directory.\n";
-
- }
- }
- return found;
-#else
- dataDir=userDefinedDir;
- return true;
-#endif
-
-}
-
-DataDir::DataDir()
-{
-}
-
-void DataDir::setAdditionalDataDir(const string& dir){
- additionalDataDir=dir;
-}
-
-const string &DataDir::getDir()
-{
- return dataDir;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::getLangDefDir()
-{
- return dataDir+"langDefs"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::getThemeDir()
-{
- return dataDir+"themes"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::getIndentSchemesDir()
-{
- return dataDir+"indentSchemes"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-
-
-const string DataDir::getAdditionalLangDefDir()
-{
- return additionalDataDir+"langDefs"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::getAdditionalThemeDir()
-{
- return additionalDataDir+"themes"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-const string DataDir::getAdditionalIndentSchemesDir()
-{
- return additionalDataDir+"indentSchemes"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-
-
-const string DataDir::getHelpMsgDir()
-{
- return dataDir+"helpmsg"+Platform::pathSeparator;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::searchForLangDef(const string & langDef){
- if (!additionalDataDir.empty()){
- string path=getAdditionalLangDefDir()+langDef;
- if (fileExists(path)){
- return path;
- }
- }
- return getLangDefDir()+langDef;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::searchForTheme(const string & theme){
- if (!additionalDataDir.empty()){
- string path=getAdditionalThemeDir()+theme;
- if (fileExists(path)){
- return path;
- }
- }
- return getThemeDir()+theme;
-}
-
-const string DataDir::searchForIndentScheme(const string & scheme){
- if (!additionalDataDir.empty()){
- string path=getAdditionalIndentSchemesDir()+scheme;
- if (fileExists(path)){
- return path;
- }
- }
- return getIndentSchemesDir()+scheme;
-}
-
-
-bool DataDir::fileExists(const string&f){
- ifstream file(f.c_str());
- bool exists=!file.fail();
- file.close();
- return exists;
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- datadir.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Sam Mďż˝ 1 2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef DATADIR_H
-#define DATADIR_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <iostream>
-//#include "stringtools.h"
-#include "platform_fs.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
- /** \brief Manages access to installation directories.
-
- Apart from the standard installation directory, one can define additional
- search paths.
- **/
-
-class DataDir
- {
- string dataDir;
- string additionalDataDir;
- bool fileExists(const string&f);
-
- public:
-
- DataDir();
-
- /** search for a valid installation directory
- \param userDefinedDir Directory defined by user
- \return True if directory was found */
- bool searchDataDir(const string &userDefinedDir);
-
- /** add another installation directory, which is added to search path
- \param dir Directory defined by user */
- void setAdditionalDataDir(const string& dir);
-
- /** \return Data installation directory */
- const string & getDir() ;
-
- /** \return Location of languafe definitions */
- const string getLangDefDir() ;
-
- /** \return Location of themes */
- const string getThemeDir() ;
-
- /** \return Location of indentation schemes */
- const string getIndentSchemesDir();
-
- /** \return User defined location of indentation schemes */
- const string getAdditionalIndentSchemesDir();
-
- /** \return User defined location of languafe definitions */
- const string getAdditionalLangDefDir() ;
-
- /** \return User defined location of themes */
- const string getAdditionalThemeDir() ;
-
- /** \return Location of help files */
- const string getHelpMsgDir() ;
-
- /** \param langDef Name of language definition
- \return Absolute path of definiton found in a data directory */
- const string searchForLangDef(const string & langDef);
-
- /** \param theme Name of colour theme file
- \return Absolute path of theme found in a data directory */
- const string searchForTheme(const string & theme);
-
- /** \param scheme Name of indent scheme file
- \return Absolute path of theme found in a data directory */
- const string searchForIndentScheme(const string & scheme);
- };
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- documentstyle.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Son Nov 10 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "documentstyle.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-DocumentStyle::DocumentStyle(const string &styleDefinitionFile)
-{
- fileFound=load(styleDefinitionFile);
-}
-DocumentStyle::DocumentStyle():fileFound(false)
-{}
-
-bool DocumentStyle::load(const string &styleDefinitionPath)
-{
- ConfigurationReader styleConfig(styleDefinitionPath);
- if (styleConfig.found()){
- fontsize = styleConfig.getParameter("fontsize");
- bgColour.setRGBValues(styleConfig.getParameter("bgcolour"));
- defaultElem.set(styleConfig.getParameter("defaultcolour"));
- comment.set(styleConfig.getParameter("comment"));
- directive.set(styleConfig.getParameter("directive"));
- str.set(styleConfig.getParameter("string"));
- escapeChar.set(styleConfig.getParameter("escapechar"));
- number.set(styleConfig.getParameter("number"));
- dstr.set(styleConfig.getParameter("string_directive"));
- line.set(styleConfig.getParameter("line"));
-
-
- string tmpstr;
- // TODO: Remove this check as soon as all themes have a brackets attribute
- tmpstr=styleConfig.getParameter("symbol");
- if (tmpstr.empty()) {
- tmpstr=styleConfig.getParameter("defaultcolour");
- }
- symbol.set(tmpstr);
-
-// TODO: Remove this check as soon as all themes have a sl-comment attribute
- tmpstr=styleConfig.getParameter("sl-comment");
- if (tmpstr.empty()) {
- tmpstr=styleConfig.getParameter("comment");
- }
- slcomment.set(tmpstr);
-
- string paramVal;
- vector<string> paramNames=styleConfig.getParameterNames();
-
- //collect keyword classes, save corresponding style definition
- for (unsigned int i=0;i<paramNames.size();i++){
- paramVal=paramNames[i];
- if (paramVal.find("kw_class") != string::npos){
- keywordStyles.insert(make_pair(StringTools::getParantheseVal(paramVal),
- new ElementStyle(styleConfig.getParameter(paramVal))));
- }
- }
-
- fileFound = true;
- }
- else {
- fileFound = false;
- }
- return fileFound;
-}
-
-DocumentStyle::~DocumentStyle()
-{
- for(KSIterator iter = keywordStyles.begin(); iter != keywordStyles.end(); iter++){
- delete (*iter).second; //remove ElementStyle*
- }
-}
-
-string& DocumentStyle::getFontSize()
- {
- return fontsize;
- }
-StyleColour& DocumentStyle::getBgColour()
- {
- return bgColour;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getDefaultStyle()
- {
- return defaultElem;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getCommentStyle()
- {
- return comment;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getSingleLineCommentStyle()
- {
- return slcomment;
- }
-
-
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getStringStyle()
- {
- return str;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getDirectiveStringStyle()
- {
- return dstr;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getEscapeCharStyle()
- {
- return escapeChar;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getNumberStyle()
- {
- return number;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getDirectiveStyle()
- {
- return directive;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getLineStyle()
- {
- return line;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getSymbolStyle()
- {
- return symbol;
- }
-bool DocumentStyle::found () const
- {
- return fileFound;
- }
-ElementStyle& DocumentStyle::getKeywordStyle(const string &className){
- if (!keywordStyles.count(className)) return defaultElem;
- return *keywordStyles[className];
-}
-
-vector <string> DocumentStyle::getClassNames(){
- vector <string> kwClassNames;
- for(KSIterator iter = keywordStyles.begin(); iter != keywordStyles.end(); iter++){
- kwClassNames.push_back( (*iter).first);
- }
- return kwClassNames;
-}
-
-KeywordStyles& DocumentStyle::getKeywordStyles(){
- return keywordStyles;
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- documentstyle.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Son Nov 10 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef DOCUMENTSTYLE_H
-#define DOCUMENTSTYLE_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <iostream>
-#include "configurationreader.h"
-#include "elementstyle.h"
-#include "stylecolour.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/** maps keyword class names and the corresponding formatting information*/
-typedef map <string, ElementStyle*> KeywordStyles;
-
-/** iterator for keyword styles*/
-typedef KeywordStyles::iterator KSIterator;
-
-/** \brief Contains information about document formatting properties.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class DocumentStyle
- {
- private:
- ElementStyle comment, slcomment, str, dstr,
- escapeChar, number, directive, line, symbol;
- ElementStyle defaultElem;
- StyleColour bgColour;
-
- string fontsize;
- bool fileFound;
-
- KeywordStyles keywordStyles;
-
- public:
- /** Constructor
- \param styleDefinitionPath Style definition path */
- DocumentStyle(const string & styleDefinitionPath);
- DocumentStyle();
- ~DocumentStyle();
-
- /** load sytle definition
- \param styleDefinitionFile Style definition path
- \return True if successfull */
- bool load(const string & styleDefinitionFile);
-
- /** \return class names defined in the theme file */
- vector <string> getClassNames();
-
- /** \return keyword styles */
- KeywordStyles& getKeywordStyles();
-
- /** \return Font size */
- string &getFontSize() ;
-
- /** \return Background colour*/
- StyleColour& getBgColour();
-
- /** \return Style of default (unrecognized) strings */
- ElementStyle & getDefaultStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Comment style*/
- ElementStyle & getCommentStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Single line comment style*/
- ElementStyle& getSingleLineCommentStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Keyword style*/
- ElementStyle & getKeywordStyle() ;
-
- /** \return String style*/
- ElementStyle & getStringStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Directive line string style*/
- ElementStyle & getDirectiveStringStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Escape character style*/
- ElementStyle & getEscapeCharStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Number style*/
- ElementStyle & getNumberStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Directive style*/
- ElementStyle & getDirectiveStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Type style*/
- ElementStyle & getTypeStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Line number style*/
- ElementStyle & getLineStyle() ;
-
- /** \return Bracket style*/
- ElementStyle & getSymbolStyle() ;
-
- /**
- \param className Name of keyword class
- \return keyword style of the given className
- */
- ElementStyle & getKeywordStyle(const string &className);
-
- /** \return True if language definition was found */
- bool found() const ;
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- elementstyle.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Son Nov 10 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "elementstyle.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-ElementStyle::ElementStyle(StyleColour col, bool b, bool i, bool u)
- : colour(col) , bold(b), italic(i), underline(u)
-{}
-
-ElementStyle:: ElementStyle(const string & elementStyleString)
- : bold(false), italic(false), underline(false)
-{
- set(elementStyleString);
-}
-
-ElementStyle::ElementStyle()
- : bold(false), italic(false), underline(false)
-{}
-
-void ElementStyle::set(const string & elementStyleString){
-
- istringstream valueStream(elementStyleString.c_str());
- string r, g, b, attr;
- valueStream >> r;
- valueStream >> g;
- valueStream >> b;
- colour.setRedValue(r);
- colour.setGreenValue(g);
- colour.setBlueValue(b);
- while ( valueStream >> attr)
- {
- if (attr=="italic")
- {
- italic = true;
- }
- else if (attr=="bold")
- {
- bold = true;
- }
- else if (attr=="underline")
- {
- underline = true;
- }
- }
-}
-
-ElementStyle::~ElementStyle()
-{}
-
-bool ElementStyle::isItalic() const
-{
- return italic;
-}
-bool ElementStyle::isBold() const
-{
- return bold;
-}
-bool ElementStyle::isUnderline() const
-{
- return underline;
-}
-StyleColour ElementStyle::getColour() const
-{
- return colour;
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- elementstyle.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Son Nov 10 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ELEMENTSTYLE_H
-#define ELEMENTSTYLE_H
-
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "stylecolour.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/** \brief The class stores the basic text formatting properties.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class ElementStyle {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param col Style colour
- \param b Bold flag
- \param i Italic flag
- \param u Underline flag */
- ElementStyle(StyleColour col, bool b, bool i, bool u);
-
- /** Constuctor
- \param elementStyleString String with fotmatting information */
- ElementStyle(const string & elementStyleString);
-
- ElementStyle();
-
- ~ElementStyle();
-
- /** initialize object
- \param elementStyleString String which contains formatting attributes
- */
- void set(const string & elementStyleString);
-
- /** \return True if italic */
- bool isItalic() const;
-
- /** \return True if bold */
- bool isBold() const;
-
- /** \return True if underline */
- bool isUnderline() const;
-
- /** \return Element colour */
- StyleColour getColour() const;
-
- private:
- StyleColour colour;
- bool bold, italic, underline;
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-//
-// C++ Interface: enums
-//
-// Description:
-//
-//
-// Author: Andre Simon <andre.simon1@gmx.de>, (C) 2004
-//
-// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
-//
-//
-
-#ifndef ENUMS_H
-#define ENUMS_H
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/** states which may occour during input file parsing*/
-enum State {
- STANDARD=0,
- STRING,
- NUMBER,
- SL_COMMENT,
- ML_COMMENT_BEGIN,
- ESC_CHAR,
- DIRECTIVE_LINE,
- DIRECTIVE_STRING,
- LINENUMBER,
- SYMBOL,
-
- // Konstanten ab hier duefen nicht mehr als Array-Indizes benutzt werden!!
- KEYWORD,
- ML_COMMENT_END,
- DIRECTIVE_LINE_END,
- TAG_BEGIN,
- TAG_END,
- KEYWORD_BEGIN,
- KEYWORD_END,
-
- _UNKNOWN=100,
- _EOL,
- _EOF,
- _WS
-} ;
-
-/** Parser return values*/
-enum ParseError{
- PARSE_OK,
- BAD_INPUT=1,
- BAD_OUTPUT=2,
- BAD_STYLE=4
-};
-
-/** line wrapping modes*/
-enum WrapMode {
- WRAP_DISABLED,
- WRAP_SIMPLE,
- WRAP_DEFAULT
-};
-
-/** language definition loading results*/
-enum LoadResult{
- LOAD_FAILED,
- LOAD_NEW,
- LOAD_NONE
-};
-
-/** output formats */
-enum OutputType {
- HTML,
- XHTML,
- TEX,
- LATEX,
- RTF,
- XSLFO,
- XML,
- ANSI
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/* Getopt for GNU.
- NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
- "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
- before changing it!
-
- Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __STDC__
-# ifndef const
-# define const
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#include <cstdio>
-#include <cstring>
-//#include "tailor.h"
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
- actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
- Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
- and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
- (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
- program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
- it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
- to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
- contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif /* GNU C library. */
-
-/* If GETOPT_COMPAT is defined, `+' as well as `--' can introduce a
- long-named option. Because this is not POSIX.2 compliant, it is
- being phased out. */
-/* #define GETOPT_COMPAT */
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
- but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
- to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
- As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
- when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
- all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
- Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
- Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
- GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
- they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-char *optarg = 0;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
-int optind = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
- in which the last option character we returned was found.
- This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
- If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
- by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
- This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
- system's own getopt implementation. */
-
-#define BAD_OPTION '\0'
-int optopt = BAD_OPTION;
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
- If the caller did not specify anything,
- the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
- POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
- REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
- stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
- This is what Unix does.
- This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
- variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
- of the list of option characters.
-
- PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
- so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
- to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
- expect this.
-
- RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
- to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
- the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
- as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
- Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
- selects this mode of operation.
-
- The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
- of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
- `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */
-
-static enum
-{
- REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
- because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
- On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
- in GCC. */
-#include <string.h>
-#define my_index strchr
-#define my_strlen strlen
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
- whose names are inconsistent. */
-
-#if __STDC__ || defined(PROTO)
- #ifndef _WIN32
- // Solaris compilation fix
- extern "C" {
- char *getenv(const char *name);
- int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int n);
- }
- // extern char *getenv(const char *name);
- // extern int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int n);
- #endif
- extern int strcmp (const char *s1, const char *s2);
- static int my_strlen(const char *s);
- static char *my_index (const char *str, int chr);
-#else
- #ifndef _WIN32
- extern char *getenv ();
- #endif
-#endif
-
-static int
-my_strlen (const char *str)
-
-{
- int n = 0;
- while (*str++)
- n++;
- return n;
-}
-
-static char *
-my_index ( const char *str,
- int chr)
-
-{
- while (*str)
- {
- if (*str == chr)
- return (char *) str;
- str++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* GNU C library. */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
- been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
- `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
- One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
- which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
- The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
- the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
- `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
- the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.
-
- To perform the swap, we first reverse the order of all elements. So
- all options now come before all non options, but they are in the
- wrong order. So we put back the options and non options in original
- order by reversing them again. For example:
- original input: a b c -x -y
- reverse all: -y -x c b a
- reverse options: -x -y c b a
- reverse non options: -x -y a b c
-*/
-
-#if __STDC__ || defined(PROTO)
-static void exchange (char **argv);
-#endif
-
-static void
-exchange (char **argv)
-
-{
- char *temp, **first, **last;
-
- /* Reverse all the elements [first_nonopt, optind) */
- first = &argv[first_nonopt];
- last = &argv[optind-1];
- while (first < last) {
- temp = *first; *first = *last; *last = temp; first++; last--;
- }
- /* Put back the options in order */
- first = &argv[first_nonopt];
- first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
- last = &argv[first_nonopt - 1];
- while (first < last) {
- temp = *first; *first = *last; *last = temp; first++; last--;
- }
-
- /* Put back the non options in order */
- first = &argv[first_nonopt];
- last_nonopt = optind;
- last = &argv[last_nonopt-1];
- while (first < last) {
- temp = *first; *first = *last; *last = temp; first++; last--;
- }
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
- given in OPTSTRING.
-
- If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
- then it is an option element. The characters of this element
- (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
- is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
- from each of the option elements.
-
- If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
- updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
- resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
- If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
- Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
- that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
- so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
- OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
- If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
- return BAD_OPTION after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
- zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return BAD_OPTION.
-
- If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
- so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
- ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
- wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
- it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
- If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
- handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
- See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
- Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
- Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
- or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
- argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
- from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
- When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
- `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
- if the `flag' field is zero.
-
- The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
- But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
- with other systems.
-
- LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
- element containing a name which is zero.
-
- LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
- It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
- recent call.
-
- If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
- long-named options. */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal ( int argc,
- char *const *argv,
- const char *optstring,
- const struct option *longopts,
- int *longind,
- int long_only)
-
-{
- int option_index;
-
- optarg = 0;
-
- /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.
- Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
- is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
- non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
-
- if (optind == 0)
- {
- first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
-
- nextchar = NULL;
-
- /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
-
- if (optstring[0] == '-')
- {
- ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (optstring[0] == '+')
- {
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- #ifndef _WIN32
- else if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL)
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- #endif
- else
- ordering = PERMUTE;
- }
-
- if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
- {
- if (ordering == PERMUTE)
- {
- /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
- exchange them so that the options come first. */
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (last_nonopt != optind)
- first_nonopt = optind;
-
- /* Now skip any additional non-options
- and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
-
- while (optind < argc
- && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
- && (longopts == NULL
- || argv[optind][0] != '+' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */
- )
- optind++;
- last_nonopt = optind;
- }
-
- /* Special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
- Skip it like a null option,
- then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
- then skip everything else like a non-option. */
-
- if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
- {
- optind++;
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
- first_nonopt = optind;
- last_nonopt = argc;
-
- optind = argc;
- }
-
- /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
- and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
-
- if (optind == argc)
- {
- /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
- that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
- optind = first_nonopt;
- return EOF;
- }
-
- /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
- either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
-
- if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
- && (longopts == NULL
- || argv[optind][0] != '+' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */
- )
- {
- if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
- return EOF;
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
- Start decoding its characters. */
-
- nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
- + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
- }
-
- if (longopts != NULL
- && ((argv[optind][0] == '-'
- && (argv[optind][1] == '-' || long_only))
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
- || argv[optind][0] == '+'
-#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */
- ))
- {
- const struct option *p;
- char *s = nextchar;
- int exact = 0;
- int ambig = 0;
- const struct option *pfound = NULL;
- int indfound = 0;
-
- while (*s && *s != '=')
- s++;
-
- /* Test all options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
- for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name;
- p++, option_index++)
- if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, s - nextchar))
- {
- if (s - nextchar == my_strlen (p->name))
- {
- /* Exact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- exact = 1;
- break;
- }
- else if (pfound == NULL)
- {
- /* First nonexact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- }
- else
- /* Second nonexact match found. */
- ambig = 1;
- }
-
- if (ambig && !exact)
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n",
- argv[0], argv[optind]);
- nextchar += my_strlen (nextchar);
- optind++;
- return BAD_OPTION;
- }
-
- if (pfound != NULL)
- {
- option_index = indfound;
- optind++;
- if (*s)
- {
- /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
- allow it to be used on enums. */
- if (pfound->has_arg)
- optarg = s + 1;
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
- argv[0], pfound->name);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
- }
- nextchar += my_strlen (nextchar);
- return BAD_OPTION;
- }
- }
- else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
- {
- if (optind < argc)
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n",
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
- nextchar += my_strlen (nextchar);
- return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : BAD_OPTION;
- }
- }
- nextchar += my_strlen (nextchar);
- if (longind != NULL)
- *longind = option_index;
- if (pfound->flag)
- {
- *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
- return 0;
- }
- return pfound->val;
- }
- /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
- or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
- option, then it's an error.
- Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
- if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
- || argv[optind][0] == '+'
-#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */
- || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n",
- argv[0], nextchar);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n",
- argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
- }
- nextchar = (char *) "";
- optind++;
- return BAD_OPTION;
- }
- }
-
- /* Look at and handle the next option-character. */
-
- {
- char c = *nextchar++;
- char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
- /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
- if (*nextchar == '\0')
- ++optind;
-
- if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
-#if 0
- if (c < 040 || c >= 0177)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option, character code 0%o\n",
- argv[0], c);
- else
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `-%c'\n", argv[0], c);
-#else
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c);
-#endif
- }
- optopt = c;
- return BAD_OPTION;
- }
- if (temp[1] == ':')
- {
- if (temp[2] == ':')
- {
- /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- optind++;
- }
- else
- optarg = 0;
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
- we must advance to the next element now. */
- optind++;
- }
- else if (optind == argc)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
-#if 0
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `-%c' requires an argument\n",
- argv[0], c);
-#else
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
- argv[0], c);
-#endif
- }
- optopt = c;
- if (optstring[0] == ':')
- c = ':';
- else
- c = BAD_OPTION;
- }
- else
- /* We already incremented `optind' once;
- increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- }
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-int
-getopt ( int argc,
- char *const *argv,
- const char *optstring)
-
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
- (const struct option *) 0,
- (int *) 0,
- 0);
-}
-
-int
-getopt_long ( int argc,
- char *const *argv,
- const char *options,
- const struct option *long_options,
- int *opt_index)
-
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
- the above definition of `getopt'. */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char **argv;
-{
- int c;
- int digit_optind = 0;
-
- while (1)
- {
- int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
- c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
- printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
- digit_optind = this_option_optind;
- printf ("option %c\n", c);
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- printf ("option a\n");
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- printf ("option b\n");
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case BAD_OPTION:
- break;
-
- default:
- printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc)
- {
- printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
- while (optind < argc)
- printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
- printf ("\n");
- }
-
- exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
-
-/* Declarations for getopt.
- Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
- Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
- 02111-1307 USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-
-#ifndef __need_getopt
-# define _GETOPT_H 1
-#endif
-
-/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
- standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
- If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
- that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
- not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
- if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
- doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
-#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
-# include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-#ifndef __need_getopt
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
- The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
- of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
- zero.
-
- The field `has_arg' is:
- no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
- required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
- optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
- If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
- to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
- left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
- To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
- a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
- option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
- value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
- one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
- returns the contents of the `val' field. */
-
-struct option
-{
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
- const char *name;
-# else
- char *name;
-# endif
- /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
- type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
- int has_arg;
- int *flag;
- int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
-
-# define no_argument 0
-# define required_argument 1
-# define optional_argument 2
-#endif /* need getopt */
-
-
-/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
- arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
- options given in OPTS.
-
- Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
- there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
- missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
- returned.
-
- The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
- letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
- takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
-
- If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
- optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
-
- The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
- scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
- options.
-
- If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
- arguments to the option '\0'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
- `getopt'. */
-
-#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
- differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
- errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
-extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts);
-# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-// Solaris compilation fix
-//extern int getopt ();
-# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-# ifndef __need_getopt
-extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
- const char *__shortopts,
- const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
- const char *__shortopts,
- const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
-
-/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
- const char *__shortopts,
- const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
- int __long_only);
-# endif
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-# ifndef __need_getopt
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-# endif
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
-#undef __need_getopt
-
-#endif /* getopt.h */
-/***************************************************************************
- help.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Apr 23 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "help.h"
-
-namespace Help
- {
-
-/** gibt Hilfetext auf Konsole aus */
-
- void printHelp(const std::string & helpFilePath)
- {
- std::ifstream helpFile(helpFilePath.c_str());
- std::string line;
- if (helpFile){
- while (getline(helpFile, line))
- std::cout << line << "\n";
- helpFile.close();
- }
- else {
- std::cerr <<"highlight: Could not read "<< helpFilePath << "\n";
- }
- }
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- help.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Apr 23 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andé Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef HELP_H
-#define HELP_H
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <string>
-
-/**\ brief COntains methods for printing help messages
- *@author Andre Simon
- */
-namespace Help
- {
- /** print help message to stdout */
- void printHelp(const std::string &);
- }
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- htmlcode.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Nov 28 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "htmlgenerator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-
-HtmlGenerator::HtmlGenerator(void)
-{}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName,
- const ElementStyle & elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- s << "."<<elemName<<"\t{ color:#"
- << (elem.getColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (elem.getColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (elem.getColour().getHexBlueValue() )
- << ( elem.isBold() ?"; font-weight:bold" :"" )
- << ( elem.isItalic() ?"; font-style:italic" :"" )
- << ( elem.isUnderline() ?"; text-decoration:underline" :"" )
- << "; }\n" ;
- return s.str();
-}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getOpenTag(const string& styleName ){
- return "<span class=\""+styleName+"\">";
-}
-
-HtmlGenerator::HtmlGenerator (
- const string &cssStyle,
- const string &enc,
- bool omitEnc,
- bool withAnchors)
- : CodeGenerator( cssStyle),
- brTag("<br>"),
- hrTag("<hr>"),
- idAttr("name"),
- fileSuffix(".html"),
- encoding(enc),
- omitEncoding(omitEnc),
- HTML_FOOTER(
- "\n</body>\n</html>\n<!--HTML generated by highlight "
- HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- ", "
- HIGHLIGHT_URL
- "-->\n"),
- attachAnchors(withAnchors)
-{
- styleTagOpen.push_back("");
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("str"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("num"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("slc"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("com"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("esc"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("dir"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("dstr"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("line"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("sym"));
-
- styleTagClose.push_back("");
- for (int i=1;i<NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES; i++) {
- styleTagClose.push_back("</span>");
- }
-
- /*assert (styleTagOpen.size()==styleTagClose.size());
- assert (styleTagOpen.size()==NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES);
-*/
- newLineTag = "\n";
- spacer = " ";
- styleCommentOpen="/*";
- styleCommentClose="*/";
-}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getStyleDefinition()
-{
- if (styleDefinitionCache.empty()){
- ostringstream os;
- os << "body.hl\t{ background-color:#"
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexBlueValue())
- << "; }\n";
- os << "pre.hl\t{ color:#"
- << (docStyle.getDefaultStyle().getColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (docStyle.getDefaultStyle().getColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (docStyle.getDefaultStyle().getColour().getHexBlueValue() )
- << "; background-color:#"
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexBlueValue())
- << "; font-size:"
- << docStyle.getFontSize()
- << "pt; font-family:Courier;}\n";
- os << formatStyleAttributes("num", docStyle.getNumberStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("esc", docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("str", docStyle.getStringStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("dstr", docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("slc", docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("com", docStyle.getCommentStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("dir", docStyle.getDirectiveStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("sym", docStyle.getSymbolStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("line", docStyle.getLineStyle());
-
- KeywordStyles styles = docStyle.getKeywordStyles();
- for (KSIterator it=styles.begin(); it!=styles.end(); it++){
- os << formatStyleAttributes(it->first, *(it->second));
- }
- styleDefinitionCache=os.str();
- }
- return styleDefinitionCache;
-}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getHeader(const string &title)
-{
- ostringstream os;
- os << getHeaderStart((title.empty())?"Source file":title );
- if (langInfo.getSyntaxHighlight())
- {
- if (includeStyleDef) //CSS-Definition in HTML-<head> einfuegen
- {
- os << "<style type=\"text/css\">\n";
- os << "<!--\n";
- os << getStyleDefinition();
- os << CodeGenerator::readUserStyleDef();
- os << "//-->\n";
- os << "</style>" << endl;
- }
- else //Referenz auf CSS-Datei einfuegen
- {
- os << "<link rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\" href=\""
- << getStyleOutputPath()
- << "\""
- << ">\n";
- }
- }
- os << "</head>\n<body class=\"hl\">\n<pre class=\"hl\">";
- return os.str();
-}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getFooter()
-{
- return "</pre>" + HTML_FOOTER;
-}
-
-
-void HtmlGenerator::printBody()
-{
- processRootState();
-}
-
-
-
-string HtmlGenerator::maskCharacter(unsigned char c)
-{
- switch (c) {
- case '<' :
- return "&lt;";
- break;
- case '>' :
- return "&gt;";
- break;
- case '&' :
- return "&amp;";
- break;
- case '\"' :
- return "&quot;";
- break;
-
- case '@' :
- return "&#64;";
- break;
-
- default :
- string m;
- return m += c;
- }
-}
-
-void HtmlGenerator::insertLineNumber (bool insertNewLine)
-{
- if (insertNewLine){
- //*out << getNewLine();
- wsBuffer += getNewLine();
- }
- if (showLineNumbers) {
- ostringstream numberPrefix;
- if (attachAnchors) {
- numberPrefix << "<a "
- << idAttr
- << "=\"l_"
- << lineNumber
- << "\">";
- }
- ostringstream os;
- if (lineNumberFillZeroes) os.fill('0');
- os <<setw(LINE_NUMBER_WIDTH)<<right<< lineNumber;
- numberPrefix<< styleTagOpen[LINENUMBER]
- << os.str()
- << spacer
- << styleTagClose[LINENUMBER];
-
- if (attachAnchors) {
- numberPrefix << "</a>";
- }
-
- wsBuffer += numberPrefix.str();
- }
-}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getHeaderStart(const string &title){
- ostringstream header;
- header<< "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN\">"
- << "\n<html>\n<head>\n";
- if (!omitEncoding){
- header << "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset="<<encoding<<"\">\n";
- }
- header << "<title>" << title <<"</title>\n";
- return header.str();
-}
-
-bool HtmlGenerator::printIndexFile(const vector<string> &fileList,
- const string &outPath ){
- string suffix = fileSuffix;
- string outFilePath = outPath + "index" + suffix;
- ofstream indexfile(outFilePath.c_str());
-
- if (!indexfile.fail()){
- string inFileName;
- string inFilePath, newInFilePath;
- indexfile << getHeaderStart("Source Index" );
- indexfile << "</head>\n<body>\n<h1> Source Index</h1>\n"
- << hrTag
- << "\n<ul>\n";
- string::size_type pos;
- for (unsigned int i=0; i < fileList.size(); i++){
- pos=(fileList[i]).find_last_of(Platform::pathSeparator);
- if (pos!=string::npos){
- newInFilePath = (fileList[i]).substr(0, pos+1);
- } else {
- newInFilePath=Platform::pathSeparator;
- }
- if (newInFilePath!=inFilePath){
- indexfile << "</ul>\n<h2>";
- indexfile << newInFilePath;
- indexfile << "</h2>\n<ul>\n";
- inFilePath=newInFilePath;
- }
- inFileName = (fileList[i]).substr(pos+1);
- indexfile << "<li><a href=\"" << inFileName << suffix << "\">";
- indexfile << inFileName << suffix <<"</a></li>\n";
- }
-
- indexfile << "</ul>\n"
- << hrTag << brTag
- << "<small>Generated by highlight "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- << ", <a href=\"" << HIGHLIGHT_URL << "\" target=\"new\">"
- << HIGHLIGHT_URL << "</a></small>";
- indexfile << HTML_FOOTER;
- } else {
- return false;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return getOpenTag(langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]);
- }
-
-string HtmlGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return "</span>";
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- htmlgenerator.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Nov 28 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef HTMLGENERATOR_H
-#define HTMLGENERATOR_H
-
-#include <fstream>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "stylecolour.h"
-#include "elementstyle.h"
-#include "platform_fs.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates HTML.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class HtmlGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- \param enc encoding name
- \param omitEnc switch to omit encoding information
- \param withAnchors Test if HTML anchors should be attached to line numbers
- */
- HtmlGenerator(const string &colourTheme,
- const string &enc,
- bool omitEnc=false,
- bool withAnchors = false);
-
- HtmlGenerator();
-
- /** Destructor*/
- virtual ~HtmlGenerator() {};
-
- /** insert line number in the beginning of the new line
- */
- virtual void insertLineNumber(bool insertNewLine=true);
-
- /** Print document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string &title);
-
- /** Print document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- /** Print document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Print style definitions to external file
- \param outFile Path of external style definition
- */
- bool printExternalStyle(const string &outFile);
-
- /** Print index file with all input file names
- \param fileList List of output file names
- \param outPath Output path
- */
- bool printIndexFile(const vector<string> & fileList, const string &outPath);
-
- protected:
-
- /** some strings which are similar in HTML and XHTML*/
- string brTag, hrTag, idAttr, fileSuffix;
-
- /** Output encoding name */
- string encoding;
-
- /** switch to omit encoding name in file header */
- bool omitEncoding;
-
- /** HTML footer */
- string HTML_FOOTER;
-
- /** caches style definition */
- string styleDefinitionCache;
-
- /** \return CSS definition */
- string getStyleDefinition();
-
- /** \return Content of user defined style file */
- string readUserStyleDef();
-
- /** \param title Dociment title
- \return Start of file header */
- virtual string getHeaderStart(const string &title);
-
- private:
-
- /** \param styleName Style name
- \return Opening tag of the given style
- */
- string getOpenTag(const string& styleName);
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
- /** test if anchors should be appied to line numbers*/
- bool attachAnchors;
-
- /**\return text formatting attributes in HTML format */
- string formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName, const ElementStyle & elem);
-
- /** \param styleID Style ID
- \return Opening tag of the given style
- */
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
-
- /** \param styleID Style ID
- \return Closing tag of the given style
- */
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- languagedefinition.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Nov 28 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by Andre imon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "languagedefinition.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-LanguageDefinition::LanguageDefinition():
- ignoreCase(false),
- disableHighlighting(false),
- allowExtEscape(false),
- vhdl_mode(false),
- java_mode(false),
- allowNestedComments(true),
- fullLineComment(false),
- reformatCode(false)
-{}
-
-int LanguageDefinition::isKeyword(const string &s)
-{
- if (s.length())
- {
- if (keywords.count(s)){
- return keywords[s];
- }
- else if (prefixes.count(s[0])){
- return prefixes[s[0]];
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::isPrefix(unsigned char c)
-{
- return ( prefixes.count(c));
-}
-
-void LanguageDefinition::addSimpleSymbol(stringstream& symbolStream,
- State state,
- const string& paramValues ) {
- istringstream valueStream(paramValues);
- bool valExists=false;
- string value;
- while (valueStream >> value)
- {
- symbolStream << " " << value;
- valExists = true;
- }
- if (valExists)
- {
- symbolStream << " " << state;
- }
-}
-
-void LanguageDefinition::addDelimiterSymbol(stringstream& symbolStream,
- State stateBegin, State stateEnd,
- const string& paramValues,
- unsigned int classID) {
- istringstream valueStream(paramValues);
- string delimPrefix, delimSuffix;
- while (valueStream>>delimPrefix){
- valueStream >> delimSuffix;
- symbolStream << " "<<delimPrefix <<" " << stateBegin;
- symbolStream <<" "<< delimSuffix<<" "<< stateEnd;
- delimiterPrefixes.insert(make_pair(delimPrefix, classID));
- };
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::getFlag( string& paramValue){
- return (StringTools::lowerCase(paramValue)=="true");
-}
-
-unsigned char LanguageDefinition::getSymbol(const string& paramValue){
- istringstream valueStream(paramValue);
- unsigned char symbol;
- valueStream >> symbol;
- return symbol;
-}
-
-void LanguageDefinition::addKeywords(const string &kwList,
- int classID){
- istringstream valueStream(kwList);
- string keyword;
- while (valueStream >> keyword){
- keywords.insert(make_pair(keyword, classID));
- }
-}
-
-unsigned int LanguageDefinition::generateNewKWClass(const string& newClassName){
- unsigned int newClassID=0;
- bool found=false;
- while (newClassID<keywordClasses.size() && !found){
- found= (newClassName==keywordClasses[newClassID++]);
- }
- if (!found){
- newClassID++;
- keywordClasses.push_back(newClassName);
- }
- return newClassID;
-}
-
-unsigned int LanguageDefinition::getDelimPrefixClassID(const string& prefix){
- if (delimiterPrefixes.count(prefix)){
- return delimiterPrefixes[prefix];
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::load(const string& langDefPath, bool clear)
-{
- if (clear) reset();
-
- ConfigurationReader langDef(langDefPath);
- if (langDef.found())
- {
- currentPath=langDefPath;
- disableHighlighting=false;
- string token;
- stringstream symbolStrStream;
-
- //Stringstream zum Einlesen der Token:
- istringstream valueStream;
-
- addDelimiterSymbol(symbolStrStream, ML_COMMENT_BEGIN, ML_COMMENT_END,
- langDef.getParameter("ml_comment"));
-
- addSimpleSymbol(symbolStrStream, SL_COMMENT,
- langDef.getParameter("sl_comment"));
-
- addSimpleSymbol(symbolStrStream, ESC_CHAR,
- langDef.getParameter("escchar"));
-
- addSimpleSymbol(symbolStrStream, DIRECTIVE_LINE,
- langDef.getParameter("directive"));
-
- addSimpleSymbol(symbolStrStream, DIRECTIVE_LINE_END,
- langDef.getParameter("directiveend"));
-
- addSimpleSymbol(symbolStrStream, STRING,
- langDef.getParameter("stringdelimiters"));
-
- ignoreCase=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("ignorecase"));
- allowNestedComments=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("allownestedcomments"));
- vhdl_mode=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("vhdl_mode"));
- java_mode=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("java_mode"));
- disableHighlighting=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("disablehighlighting"));
- fullLineComment=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("fl_comment"));
- reformatCode=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("reformatting"));
- rawStringPrefix=getSymbol(langDef.getParameter("rawstringprefix"));
- continuationChar=getSymbol(langDef.getParameter("continuationsymbol"));
- allowExtEscape=getFlag(langDef.getParameter("allowextescape"));
-
- string paramName, className, classValue;
- vector<string> paramNames=langDef.getParameterNames();
- for (unsigned int i=0;i<paramNames.size();i++){
- paramName=paramNames[i];
- className=StringTools::getParantheseVal(paramName);
- classValue=langDef.getParameter(paramName);
- if (paramName.find("kw_list") != string::npos ){
- addKeywords(classValue, generateNewKWClass(className));
- }
- if (paramName.find("kw_prefix") != string::npos){
- prefixes.insert(make_pair(classValue[0], generateNewKWClass(className)));
- }
- if (paramName.find("kw_delim") != string::npos ){
- addDelimiterSymbol(symbolStrStream, KEYWORD_BEGIN, KEYWORD_END,
- classValue, generateNewKWClass(className));
- }
- if (paramName.find("tag_delim") != string::npos ){
- addDelimiterSymbol(symbolStrStream, TAG_BEGIN, TAG_END,
- classValue, generateNewKWClass(className));
- }
- }
-
- // zuletzt einlesen, um Probleme mit Delimitern, die Zeichen der
- // Symbolliste enthalten, zu vermeiden
- addSimpleSymbol(symbolStrStream, SYMBOL, langDef.getParameter("symbols"));
-
- valueStream.str(langDef.getParameter("allowedchars"));
- while (valueStream >> token )
- {
- allowedChars += token;
- }
- symbolString = symbolStrStream.str();
-
- string fileToInclude=langDef.getParameter("include");
- if (!fileToInclude.empty()){
- string::size_type Pos = langDefPath.find_last_of(Platform::pathSeparator);
- string includeLangDefPath = langDefPath.substr(0, Pos+1) + fileToInclude;
- load(includeLangDefPath, false);
- }
- return true;
- }
- else
- {
- currentPath.clear();
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-void LanguageDefinition::reset()
-{
- keywords.clear();
- keywordClasses.clear();
- delimiterPrefixes.clear();;
- prefixes.clear();
- allowedChars.clear();
- ignoreCase= false;
- java_mode= vhdl_mode= false;
- allowNestedComments= reformatCode = false;
- rawStringPrefix = continuationChar = '\0';
- disableHighlighting=false;
- fullLineComment=false;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::isVHDL()
-{
- return vhdl_mode;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::isJava()
-{
- return java_mode;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::allowNestedMLComments(){
- return allowNestedComments;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::highlightingDisabled(){
- return disableHighlighting;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::isFullLineComment(){
- return fullLineComment;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::needsReload(const string &langDefPath){
- return currentPath!=langDefPath;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::enableReformatting(){
- return reformatCode;
-}
-
-const KeywordMap& LanguageDefinition::getKeywords() const{
- return keywords;
-}
-
-string &LanguageDefinition::getSymbolString() {
- return symbolString;
-}
-
-unsigned char LanguageDefinition::getRawStringPrefix(){
- return rawStringPrefix;
-}
-
-unsigned char LanguageDefinition::getContinuationChar(){
- return continuationChar;
-}
-
-string &LanguageDefinition::getAllowedChars() {
- return allowedChars;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::getSyntaxHighlight() {
- return !disableHighlighting;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::isIgnoreCase() {
- return ignoreCase;
-}
-
-const vector<string>&LanguageDefinition::getKeywordClasses() const{
- return keywordClasses;
-}
-
-bool LanguageDefinition::allowExtEscSeq() {
- return allowExtEscape;
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- languagedefinition.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Nov 28 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef LANGUAGEDEFINITION_H
-#define LANGUAGEDEFINITION_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <map>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <iterator>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "configurationreader.h"
-//#include "stringtools.h"
-#include "platform_fs.h"
-#include "enums.h"
-
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/** maps keywords and the corresponding class IDs*/
-typedef map <string, int> KeywordMap;
-
-/** maps keyword prefixes and the corresponding class IDs*/
-typedef map <unsigned char, int> PrefixMap;
-
-/**\brief Contains specific data of the programming language being processed.
-
- The load() method will only read a new language definition if the given
- file path is not equal to the path of the current language definition.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class LanguageDefinition {
-
- public:
-
- LanguageDefinition();
-
- /**\return Symbol string, containg all known symbols with the referencing state ids*/
- string &getSymbolString();
-
- /** \return Prefix of raw strings */
- unsigned char getRawStringPrefix();
-
- /** \return Continuation Character */
- unsigned char getContinuationChar();
-
- /** \return List of characters allowed within identifiers */
- string &getAllowedChars();
-
- /** \return true if syntax highlighting is enabled*/
- bool getSyntaxHighlight();
-
- /** \return True if language is case sensitive */
- bool isIgnoreCase();
-
- /** \param s String
- \return class id of keyword, 0 if s is not a keyword */
- int isKeyword(const string &s);
-
-
- /** \return true if c is member of prefix list*/
- bool isPrefix(unsigned char c);
-
- /** Load new language definition
- \param langDefPath Path of language definition
- \param clear Test if former data should be deleted
- \return True if successfull */
- bool load(const string& langDefPath, bool clear=true);
-
- /** \return True if programming language is VHDL */
- bool isVHDL();
-
- /** \return True if programming language is Java */
- bool isJava();
-
- /** \return True if multi line comments may be nested */
- bool allowNestedMLComments();
-
- /** \return True if highlighting is disabled */
- bool highlightingDisabled();
-
- /** \return True if single line comments must start at coloumn 1 */
- bool isFullLineComment();
-
- /** \return True the next load() call will load a new language definition
- \param langDefPath Path to language definition */
- bool needsReload(const string &langDefPath);
-
- /** \return True if current language may be reformatted (c, c++, c#, java) */
- bool enableReformatting();
-
- /** \return True if escape sequences are allowed outsde of strings */
- bool allowExtEscSeq();
-
- /** \return Class ID of given keyword delimiter prefix
- \param prefix Keyword delimiter prefix */
- unsigned int getDelimPrefixClassID(const string& prefix);
-
- /** \return keywords*/
- const KeywordMap& getKeywords() const;
-
- /** \return keyword classes*/
- const vector<string>& getKeywordClasses() const;
-
- private:
- // string containing symbols and their IDs of the programming language
- string symbolString;
-
- // string with special characters that may occour in keywords
- string allowedChars;
-
- // path to laoed language definition
- string currentPath;
-
- KeywordMap keywords;
-
- vector <string> keywordClasses;
-
- KeywordMap delimiterPrefixes;
-
- PrefixMap prefixes;
-
- // keywords are not case sensitive if set
- bool ignoreCase,
- disableHighlighting,
- allowExtEscape,
-
- // switch to enable VHDL workarounds
- vhdl_mode,
-
- // switch to enable Java workarounds
- java_mode,
-
- // allow nested multi line comment blocks
- allowNestedComments,
-
- // single line comments have to start in coloumn 1 if set
- fullLineComment,
-
- // code formatting is enabled if set
- reformatCode;
-
- // Character, die eine Variable bzw. ein Keyword kennzeichnen
- unsigned char rawStringPrefix,
- continuationChar;
-
- /** setzt Membervariablen auf Defaultwerte */
- void reset();
-
- // add a symbol sequencs to the symbolStream
- void addSimpleSymbol(stringstream& symbolStream, State state,
- const string& paramValues );
-
- // add a delimiter symbol sequencs to the symbolStream
- void addDelimiterSymbol(stringstream& symbolStream,
- State stateBegin, State stateEnd,
- const string& paramValues,
- unsigned int classID=0);
-
- bool getFlag( string& paramValue);
-
- unsigned char getSymbol(const string& paramValue);
-
- // generate a unique class ID if the class name
- unsigned int generateNewKWClass(const string& newClassName);
-
- // add keywords to the given class
- void addKeywords(const string &kwList, int classID);
-
- };
-
-}
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- LatexCode.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mit Jul 24 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "latexgenerator.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-LatexGenerator::LatexGenerator(const string &colourTheme,
- bool replQuotes)
- : CodeGenerator(colourTheme),
- replaceQuotes(replQuotes)
-{
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlstd{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlstr{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlnum{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlslc{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlcom{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlesc{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hldir{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hldstr{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlline{");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "\\hlsym{");
-
- for (int i=0;i<NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES; i++){
- styleTagClose.push_back( "}");
- }
-
- // avoid "Underfull \hbox (badness 10000)" warnings
- newLineTag = "\\\\\n";
- longLineTag = "\\hspace*{\\fill}" + newLineTag;
-
- spacer = "\\ ";
-
- maskWs=true;
- maskWsBegin = "\\hlstd{";
- maskWsEnd = "}";
-
- excludeWs=true;
-
- styleCommentOpen="%";
-}
-
-LatexGenerator::LatexGenerator()
-{}
-LatexGenerator::~LatexGenerator()
-{}
-
-string LatexGenerator::formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName,
- const ElementStyle &elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- s << "\\newcommand{\\hl"
- << elemName
- << "}[1]{\\textcolor[rgb]{"
- << elem.getColour().getLatexRedValue() << ","
- << elem.getColour().getLatexGreenValue() << ","
- << elem.getColour().getLatexBlueValue()
- << "}{";
-
- if (elem.isBold())
- s << "\\bf{";
- if (elem.isItalic())
- s << "\\it{";
-
- s <<"#1";
-
- if (elem.isBold())
- s << "}";
- if (elem.isItalic())
- s << "}";
-
- s <<"}}\n";
- return s.str();
-}
-
-void LatexGenerator::printBody()
-{
- *out << "\\noindent\n"
- << "\\ttfamily\n";
-
- processRootState();
-
- *out << "\\mbox{}\n"
- << "\n\\normalfont\n";
-}
-
-string LatexGenerator::getHeader(const string & title)
-{
- ostringstream os;
- os << "\\documentclass{article}\n"
- << "\\usepackage{color}\n"
- << "\\usepackage{alltt}\n";
-
- if (langInfo.getSyntaxHighlight()) {
- if (includeStyleDef) {
- os << "\n"<<getStyleDefinition();
- os << CodeGenerator::readUserStyleDef();
- } else {
- os << "\n\\input {"
- << getStyleOutputPath()
- << "}\n";
- }
- }
-
- os << "\n\\title{" << title << "}\n"
- << "\\begin{document}\n"
- << "\\pagecolor{bgcolor}\n";
- return os.str();
-}
-
-string LatexGenerator::getFooter()
-{
- ostringstream os;
- os << "\\end {document}\n"
- << "(* LaTeX generated by highlight "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- << ", "
- << HIGHLIGHT_URL
- << " *)\n";
- return os.str();
-}
-
-string LatexGenerator::getNewLine(){
- return (showLineNumbers)? newLineTag:longLineTag;
-}
-
-string LatexGenerator::maskCharacter(unsigned char c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case '<' :
- return "$<$";
- break;
- case '>' :
- return "$>$";
- break;
- case '{':
- case '}':
- case '&':
- case '$':
- case '#':
- case '%':
- {
- string m;
- m ="\\";
- m += c;
- return m;
- }
- break;
- case '\"':
- return (fragmentOutput && replaceQuotes)?"\\dq{}":"\"";
- break;
- case '_':
- return "\\textunderscore ";
- break;
- case '^':
- return "\\textasciicircum ";
- break;
- case '\\':
- return "$\\backslash$";
- break;
- case '~':
- return "$\\sim$";
- break;
- case '|':
- return "\\textbar ";
- break;
- // avoid latex compilation failure if [ or * follows a line break (\\)
- case '*':
- case '[':
- case ']':
- // avoid "merging" of consecutive '-' chars when included in bold font ( \bf )
- case '-':
- {
- string m;
- m= "{";
- m+= c;
- m+= "}";
- return m;
- }
- break;
- case ' ':
- return spacer;
- break;
- case AUML_LC:
- return "\\\"a";
- break;
- case OUML_LC:
- return "\\\"o";
- break;
- case UUML_LC:
- return "\\\"u";
- break;
- case AUML_UC:
- return "\\\"A";
- break;
- case OUML_UC:
- return "\\\"O";
- break;
- case UUML_UC:
- return "\\\"U";
- break;
- case AACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'a";
- break;
- case EACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'e";
- break;
- case OACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'o";
- break;
- case UACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'u";
- break;
- case AGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`a";
- break;
- case EGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`e";
- break;
- case OGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`o";
- break;
- case UGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`u";
- break;
- case AACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'A";
- break;
- case EACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'E";
- break;
- case OACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'O";
- break;
- case UACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'U";
- break;
- case AGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`A";
- break;
- case EGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`E";
- break;
- case UGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`O";
- break;
- case OGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`U";
- break;
- case SZLIG:
- return "\\ss ";
- break;
- /* #ifndef _WIN32
- // skip first byte of multibyte chracters
- case 195:
- return string("");
- break;
-#endif*/
-
- default :
- {
- string m;
- return m+=c;
- }
- }
-}
-
-string LatexGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return "\\hl"+langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]+"{";
- }
-
-string LatexGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return "}";
-}
-
-
-string LatexGenerator::getStyleDefinition()
-{
- if (styleDefinitionCache.empty()){
- ostringstream os;
- os << formatStyleAttributes("std", docStyle.getDefaultStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("num", docStyle.getNumberStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("esc", docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("str", docStyle.getStringStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("dstr", docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("slc", docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("com", docStyle.getCommentStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("dir", docStyle.getDirectiveStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("sym", docStyle.getSymbolStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("line", docStyle.getLineStyle());
-
- KeywordStyles styles = docStyle.getKeywordStyles();
- for (KSIterator it=styles.begin(); it!=styles.end(); it++){
- os << formatStyleAttributes(it->first, *(it->second));
- }
- os << "\\definecolor{bgcolor}{rgb}{"
- << docStyle.getBgColour().getLatexRedValue() << ","
- << docStyle.getBgColour().getLatexGreenValue() << ","
- << docStyle.getBgColour().getLatexBlueValue()
- << "}\n";
- os << "\\oddsidemargin -3mm\n\\textwidth 165,2truemm\n"
- << "\\topmargin 0truept\n\\headheight 0truept\n"
- << "\\headsep 0truept\n\\textheight 230truemm\n";
-
- styleDefinitionCache=os.str();
- }
- return styleDefinitionCache;
-}
-
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- latexgenerator.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mit Jul 24 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef LATEXGENERATOR_H
-#define LATEXGENERATOR_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "charcodes.h"
-
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates LaTeX.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class LatexGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- \param replQuotes Test if quotes shold be replaced by \ dq
- */
- LatexGenerator(const string &colourTheme,
- bool replQuotes=false);
- LatexGenerator();
- ~LatexGenerator();
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string & title);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- private:
-
- string styleDefinitionCache;
- string longLineTag;
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
- /**\return text formatting attributes in LaTeX format */
- string formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName,
- const ElementStyle & elem);
-
- /** test if double quotes should be replaced by \dq{} */
- bool replaceQuotes;
-
- string getNewLine();
-
- string getStyleDefinition();
-
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- main.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Apr 23 22:16:35 CEST 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002-2004 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
-
-
- Highlight is a universal source code to HTML converter. Syntax highlighting
- is formatted by Cascading Style Sheets. It's possible to easily enhance
- highlight's parsing database.
-
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "main.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-void HighlightApp::printVersionInfo()
-{
- cout << "\n highlight version "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- << "\n Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Andre Simon <andre.simon1@gmx.de>"
- << "\n\n Artistic Style Classes (1.15.3)"
- << "\n Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Tal Davidson <davidsont@bigfoot.com>"
- << "\n\n Dirstream Classes (0.4)"
- << "\n Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Benjamin Kaufmann <hume@c-plusplus.de>"
- << "\n\n This software is released under the terms of the GNU General "
- << "Public License."
- << "\n For more information about these matters, see the file named "
- << "COPYING.\n\n";
- #ifdef USE_LOCAL_GETOPT
- cout << " (Built with USE_LOCAL_GETOPT flag set.)\n";
- #endif
- #ifdef HL_DATA_DIR
- cout << " (HL_DATA_DIR: \"" <<HL_DATA_DIR<< "\" )\n";
- #endif
-}
-
-void HighlightApp::printBadInstallationInfo()
-{
- cerr << "highlight: Data directory not found. Bad installation or wrong "
- << OPT_DATADIR << " parameter."
- << "\n\nCopy the highlight files into one of the directories listed "
- << "in INSTALL.\nYou may also set the data directory with "
- << OPT_DATADIR << " and " << OPT_ADDDATADIR << ".\n";
-}
-
-bool HighlightApp::listInstalledFiles(bool showThemes)
-{
- vector <string> filePaths;
- string wildcard=(showThemes)? "*.style":"*.lang";
- unsigned int suffixLength=wildcard.length()-1;
-
- string searchDir = ((showThemes) ? dataDir.getThemeDir():
- dataDir.getLangDefDir()) + wildcard;
-
- bool directoryOK = Platform::getDirectoryEntries(filePaths, searchDir, true);
- if (!directoryOK) {
- cerr << "highlight: Could not access directory "
- << searchDir
- << ", aborted.\n";
- return false;
- }
-
- cout << "\n Installed "
- << ((showThemes)? "themes":"language definitions ")
- << "(located in "
- << ((showThemes)?dataDir.getThemeDir():dataDir.getLangDefDir())
- << ") :\n"
- << endl;
-
- sort(filePaths.begin(), filePaths.end());
- string temp;
-
- for (unsigned int i=0;i< filePaths.size(); i++){
- if (showThemes)
- temp = (filePaths[i]).substr(dataDir.getThemeDir().length());
- else
- temp = (filePaths[i]).substr(dataDir.getLangDefDir().length());
- cout << " "<<temp.substr(0, temp.length()- suffixLength) << endl;
- }
- cout <<"\n Use name of the desired "
- << ((showThemes)?"theme":"language")
- << " with the --"
- << ((showThemes)? OPT_STYLE : OPT_SYNTAX)
- << " option.\n" << endl;
- return true;
-}
-
-void HighlightApp::printDebugInfo(highlight::LanguageDefinition &lang,
- const string & langDefPath)
-{
- cerr << "\nLoading language definition: " << langDefPath;
- cerr << "\n\nSYMBOLS: "
- << lang.getSymbolString();
- cerr << "\n\nKEYWORDS: ";
- highlight::KeywordMap::iterator it;
- highlight::KeywordMap keys=lang.getKeywords();
- cerr << "\n\nID Keyword \n";
- for (it=keys.begin(); it!=keys.end();it++){
- cerr << it->second
- << " <- \""
- << it->first <<"\"\n";
- }
- cerr <<"\n";
-}
-
-string HighlightApp::getFileSuffix(const string &fileName) {
- size_t ptPos=fileName.rfind(".");
- return (ptPos == string::npos) ?
- "" : fileName.substr(ptPos+1, fileName.length());
-}
-
-bool HighlightApp::loadMapConfig(const string& name, StringMap* map){
- string extPath=dataDir.getDir() + name + ".conf";
- ConfigurationReader config(extPath);
- if (config.found() )
- {
- stringstream values;
- string paramName, paramVal;
- for (unsigned int i=0;i<config.getParameterNames().size();i++){
- paramName = config.getParameterNames()[i];
- values.str(config.getParameter(paramName)) ;
- while (values >> paramVal) {
- map->insert(make_pair( paramVal, paramName));
- }
- values.clear();
- }
- return true;
- } else {
- cerr << "highlight: Configuration file "<< extPath << " not found.\n";
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-
-int HighlightApp::getNumDigits(int i){
- int res=0;
- while (i){
- i/=10;
- ++res;
- }
- return res;
-}
-
-void HighlightApp::printProgressBar(int total, int count){
- if (!total) return;
- int p=100*count / total;
- int numProgressItems=p/10;
- cout << "\r[";
- for (int i=0;i<10;i++){
- cout <<((i<numProgressItems)?"#":" ");
- }
- cout<< "] " <<setw(3)<<p<<"%, "<<count << " / " << total << " " <<flush;
- if (p==100) {
- cout << endl;
- }
-}
-
-void HighlightApp::printCurrentAction(const string&outfilePath,
- int total, int count, int countWidth){
- cout << "Writing file "
- << setw(countWidth)<< count
- << " of "
- << total
- << ": "
- << outfilePath
- << "\n";
-}
-
-void HighlightApp::printIOErrorReport(unsigned int numberErrorFiles,
- vector<string> & fileList,
- const string &action){
- cerr << "highlight: Could not "
- << action
- << " file"
- << ((numberErrorFiles>1)?"s":"")<<":\n";
- copy (fileList.begin(), fileList.end(), ostream_iterator<string>(cerr, "\n"));
- if (fileList.size() < numberErrorFiles) {
- cerr << "... ["
- << (numberErrorFiles - fileList.size() )
- << " of "
- << numberErrorFiles
- << " failures not shown, use --"
- << OPT_VERBOSE
- << " switch to print all paths]\n";
- }
-}
-
-string HighlightApp::analyzeShebang(const string& file){
- if (scriptShebangs.empty()) loadMapConfig("scriptre", &scriptShebangs);
- ifstream inFile(file.c_str());
- string firstLine;
- getline (inFile, firstLine);
- return scriptShebangs[StringTools::trimRight(firstLine)];
-}
-
-string HighlightApp::guessFileType(const string& suffix, const string &inputFile)
-{
- if (extensions.empty()) loadMapConfig("extensions", &extensions);
- string fileType = (extensions.count(suffix)) ? extensions[suffix] : suffix ;
- if (!fileType.empty()) return fileType;
- return analyzeShebang(inputFile);
-}
-
-
-int HighlightApp::run(int argc, char**argv){
-
- //get command line options
- CmdLineOptions options(argc, argv);
-
- // set data directory path, where /langDefs and /themes reside
- string highlightRootDir = Platform::getAppPath();
-
- // determine highlight data directory
- if (! dataDir.searchDataDir((options.dataDirGiven())?
- options.getDataDir(): highlightRootDir)){
- printBadInstallationInfo();
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- if (options.additionalDataDirGiven()){
- dataDir.setAdditionalDataDir(options.getAdditionalDataDir());
- }
-
- if (options.printVersion()) {
- printVersionInfo();
- return EXIT_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (options.printHelp()) {
- Help::printHelp(dataDir.getHelpMsgDir() + options.getHelpLang());
- return EXIT_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (options.showThemes() || options.showLangdefs()) {
- return listInstalledFiles(options.showThemes())?EXIT_SUCCESS:EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- // list of input files
- const vector <string> inFileList=options.getInputFileNames();
-
- string stylePath=dataDir.searchForTheme(options.getStyleName());
-
- highlight::CodeGenerator *generator =
- highlight::CodeGenerator::getInstance(options.getOutputType(),
- stylePath,
- options.getStyleInFilename(),
- options.getStyleOutFilename(),
- options.getCharSet(),
- options.includeStyleDef(),
- options.attachLineAnchors(),
- options.replaceQuotes(),
- options.fopCompatible(),
- options.getNumberSpaces(),
- options.getWrappingStyle(),
- options.printLineNumbers(),
- options.fillLineNrZeroes(),
- options.fragmentOutput(),
- options.omitEncodingName() );
-
- assert (generator!=NULL);
-
- bool styleFileWanted = !options.fragmentOutput() || options.styleOutPathDefined();
-
- if (!generator->styleFound() ) {
- cerr << "highlight: Could not find style "
- << stylePath
- << ".\n";
- highlight::CodeGenerator::deleteInstance();
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- if (!options.getIndentScheme().empty()){
- string indentSchemePath =
- dataDir.searchForIndentScheme(options.getIndentScheme()+".indent");
- if (!generator->initIndentationScheme(indentSchemePath)){
- cerr << "highlight: Could not find indentation scheme "
- << indentSchemePath
- << ".\n";
- highlight::CodeGenerator::deleteInstance();
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
- }
-
- string outDirectory = options.getOutDirectory();
- if (!outDirectory.empty() && !options.quietMode() && !dirstr::directory_exists(outDirectory) ){
- cerr << "highlight: Output directory \""
- << outDirectory
- << "\" does not exist.\n";
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- bool initError=false, IOError=false;
-
- if ( !options.includeStyleDef()
- && (styleFileWanted)
- && options.formatSupportsExtStyle()) {
- string cssOutFile=outDirectory + options.getStyleOutFilename();
- bool success=generator->printExternalStyle (cssOutFile);
- if (!success){
- cerr << "highlight: Could not write " << cssOutFile <<".\n";
- IOError = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (options.printIndexFile()){
- bool success=generator -> printIndexFile(inFileList, outDirectory);
- if (!success){
- cerr << "highlight: Could not write index file.\n";
- IOError = true;
- }
- }
-
- unsigned int fileCount=inFileList.size(),
- fileCountWidth=getNumDigits(fileCount),
- i=0,
- numBadFormatting=0,
- numBadInput=0,
- numBadOutput=0;
-
- vector<string> badFormattedFiles, badInputFiles, badOutputFiles;
- string outFilePath;
- string suffix, lastSuffix;
-
- if (options.syntaxGiven()) { // user defined language definition, valid for all files
- suffix = guessFileType(options.getLanguage());
- }
-
- while (i < fileCount && !initError) {
- if (!options.syntaxGiven()) { // determine file type for each file
- suffix = guessFileType(getFileSuffix(inFileList[i]), inFileList[i]);
- }
- if (suffix.empty()) {
- if (!options.enableBatchMode() && !styleFileWanted)
- cerr << "highlight: Undefined language definition. Use --"
- << OPT_SYNTAX << " option.\n";
- if (!options.forceOutput()){
- initError = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (suffix != lastSuffix) {
- string langDefPath=dataDir.searchForLangDef(suffix+".lang");
- highlight::LoadResult loadRes= generator->initLanguage(langDefPath);
- if (loadRes==highlight::LOAD_FAILED){
- cerr << "highlight: Unknown source file extension \""
- << suffix
- << "\".\n";
- if (!options.forceOutput()){
- initError = true;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (options.printDebugInfo() && loadRes==highlight::LOAD_NEW){
- printDebugInfo(generator->getLanguage(), langDefPath);
- }
- lastSuffix = suffix;
- }
-
- if (options.enableBatchMode()){
- string::size_type pos=(inFileList[i]).find_last_of(Platform::pathSeparator);
- outFilePath = outDirectory;
- outFilePath += inFileList[i].substr(pos+1);
- outFilePath += options.getOutFileSuffix();
-
- if (!options.quietMode()) {
- if (options.printProgress()){
- printProgressBar(fileCount, i+1);
- } else {
- printCurrentAction(outFilePath, fileCount, i+1, fileCountWidth);
- }
- }
- } else {
- outFilePath = options.getSingleOutFilename();
- }
-
- highlight::ParseError error = generator->printOutput(inFileList[i], outFilePath);
- if (error==highlight::BAD_INPUT){
- if (numBadInput++ < IO_ERROR_REPORT_LENGTH || options.printDebugInfo()) {
- badInputFiles.push_back(inFileList[i]);
- }
- } else if (error==highlight::BAD_OUTPUT){
- if (numBadOutput++ < IO_ERROR_REPORT_LENGTH || options.printDebugInfo()) {
- badOutputFiles.push_back(outFilePath);
- }
- }
- if (options.formattingEnabled() && !generator->formattingIsPossible()){
- if (numBadFormatting++ < IO_ERROR_REPORT_LENGTH || options.printDebugInfo()) {
- badFormattedFiles.push_back(outFilePath);
- }
- }
- ++i;
- }
-
- if (numBadInput){
- printIOErrorReport(numBadInput, badInputFiles, "read input");
- IOError = true;
- }
- if (numBadOutput){
- printIOErrorReport(numBadOutput, badOutputFiles, "write output");
- IOError = true;
- }
- if (numBadFormatting){
- printIOErrorReport(numBadFormatting, badFormattedFiles, "reformat");
- }
-
- highlight::CodeGenerator::deleteInstance();
- return (initError || IOError) ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-int main(int argc, char **argv) {
- HighlightApp app;
- return app.run(argc, argv);
-}
-//
-// C++ Interface: main
-//
-// Description:
-//
-//
-// Author: Andre Simon <andre.simon1@gmx.de>, (C) 2004
-//
-// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
-//
-//
-
-#ifndef HIGHLIGHT_APP
-#define HIGHLIGHT_APP
-
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <string>
-#include <vector>
-#include <map>
-#include <iomanip>
-#include <cassert>
-
-#include "./dirstream0.4/dirstream.h"
-#include "cmdlineoptions.h"
-#include "configurationreader.h"
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "help.h"
-#include "datadir.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "platform_fs.h"
-
-#define IO_ERROR_REPORT_LENGTH 5
-#define SHEBANG_CNT 12
-
-typedef map<string, string> StringMap;
-
-/** Main application class
- @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class HighlightApp {
-
-public:
-
- HighlightApp(){};
- ~HighlightApp(){};
-
- /** Start application
- \param argc Number of command line arguments
- \param argv values of command line arguments
- \return EXIT_SUCCESS or EXIT_FAILURE
- */
- int run(int argc, char **argv);
-
-private:
-
- DataDir dataDir;
- StringMap extensions;
- StringMap scriptShebangs;
-
- /** print version info*/
- void printVersionInfo();
-
- /** print error message*/
- void printBadInstallationInfo();
-
- /** print input and output errors */
- void printIOErrorReport(unsigned int numberErrorFiles, vector<string> & fileList, const string &action);
-
- /** print installed files
- \param showThemes Print installed themes if true, language definitions otherwise
- */
- bool listInstalledFiles(bool showThemes);
-
- void printDebugInfo(highlight::LanguageDefinition &lang,
- const string &langDefPath);
-
- string getFileSuffix(const string &fileName);
-
- string guessFileType(const string &suffix, const string &inputFile="");
-
- int getNumDigits(int i);
-
- void printProgressBar(int total, int count);
- void printCurrentAction(const string&outfilePath,
- int total, int count, int countWidth);
-
- bool readInputFilePaths(vector<string> &fileList, string wildcard,
- bool recursiveSearch);
-
- string analyzeShebang(const string& file);
- bool loadMapConfig(const string& name, StringMap* map);
-
-};
-
-#endif
-//
-// C++ Implementation: platform_fs
-//
-// Description:
-//
-//
-// Author: André Simon <andre.simon1@gmx.de>, (C) 2004
-//
-// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
-//
-//
-
-#include "platform_fs.h"
-#include "./dirstream0.4/dirstream.h"
-
-#include <iostream>
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace Platform {
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
- #include <windows.h>
-
- const char pathSeparator = '\\';
- //const std::string pathSeparatorStr = "\\";
-
- std::string getAppPath()
- {
- char pathAndName[MAX_PATH], path[MAX_PATH], drive[3];
- GetModuleFileName(NULL, pathAndName, MAX_PATH);
- _splitpath(pathAndName, drive, path, 0, 0);
- return std::string(drive)+path;
- }
-
-#else
- const char pathSeparator = '/';
- // const std::string pathSeparatorStr = "/";
-
- std::string getAppPath()
- {
- return "";
- }
-
-#endif
-
-bool getDirectoryEntries(vector<string> &fileList,
- string wildcard,
- bool recursiveSearch)
-{
- if (!wildcard.empty()) {
- string directory_path;
- string::size_type Pos = wildcard.find_last_of(pathSeparator);
- if (Pos == string::npos) {
- directory_path = ".";
- } else {
- directory_path = wildcard.substr(0, Pos + 1);
- wildcard = wildcard.substr(Pos + 1);
- }
-
- dirstr::dirstream str( directory_path.c_str(),
- #ifdef USE_FN_MATCH
- dirstr::pred_f(FnMatcher(wildcard.c_str(), 0)),
- #else
- dirstr::pattern_f(wildcard.c_str()),
- #endif
- (recursiveSearch)?dirstr::recursive_yes:dirstr::recursive_no);
-
-
- for(string entry; str >> entry;) {
- fileList.push_back(dirstr::full_path(entry));
- //std::cout << "Entry " <<entry<<"\n";
- }
- }
- return !(fileList.empty());
-}
-
-}
-
-//
-// C++ Interface: platform_fs
-//
-// Description:
-//
-//
-// Author: André Simon <andre.simon1@gmx.de>, (C) 2004
-//
-// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
-//
-//
-#ifndef PLATFORM_FS__H__INCLUDED
-#define PLATFORM_FS__H__INCLUDED
-
-#include <string>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <vector>
-
-#ifdef USE_FN_MATCH
- #include <fnmatch.h>
-#endif
-
-namespace Platform
-{
- extern const char pathSeparator;
- //extern const std::string pathSeparatorStr;
-
- std::string getAppPath();
-
- /** \param fileList Vector where found entries will be stored
- \param wildcard Directory path and wildcard
- \param recursiveSearch Test if directory should be searched recursively */
- bool getDirectoryEntries(std::vector<std::string> &fileList,
- std::string wildcard,
- bool recursiveSearch=false);
-
-#ifdef USE_FN_MATCH
- struct FnMatcher
- {
- FnMatcher(const char* pattern, int flags)
- : pattern_(pattern)
- , flags_(flags)
- {}
- bool operator()(const std::string& e) const {
- // std::cout << "pattern: "<<pattern_<< " entry: "<<e.c_str()<< " Res fn: " <<::fnmatch(pattern_, e.c_str(), FNM_PATHNAME)<< " \n";
- return ! ::fnmatch(pattern_, e.c_str(), flags_);
- }
- private:
- const char* pattern_;
- int flags_;
- };
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- PreFormatter.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mo Jan 03 2005
- copyright : (C) 2005 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "preformatter.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-PreFormatter::PreFormatter(bool wrap, bool replTabs):
- maxLineLength(80),
- index(0),
- numberSpaces(0),
- wsPrefixLength(string::npos),
- hasMore(false),
- indentAfterOpenBraces(true),
- redefineWsPrefix(false),
- wrapLines(wrap),
- replaceTabs(replTabs)
-{
-}
-
-PreFormatter::PreFormatter():
- maxLineLength(80),
- index(0),
- numberSpaces(0),
- wsPrefixLength(string::npos),
- hasMore(false),
- indentAfterOpenBraces(true),
- redefineWsPrefix(false),
- wrapLines(false),
- replaceTabs(false)
-{
-}
-
-PreFormatter::~PreFormatter()
-{
-}
-
-bool PreFormatter::hasMoreLines(){
- return hasMore;
-}
-
-bool PreFormatter::indentCode(){
- return indentAfterOpenBraces;
-}
-
-void PreFormatter::setLine(const std::string newLine){
-
- line=newLine;
-
- if (replaceTabs && numberSpaces) {
- size_t tabPos=line.find('\t');
- while (tabPos!=string::npos){
- line.replace(tabPos , 1, numberSpaces - (tabPos % numberSpaces) , ' ');
- tabPos = line.find('\t', tabPos+1);
- }
- }
-
- if (wrapLines){
- wsPrefix.clear();
- index=0;
- wsPrefixLength=string::npos;
- hasMore=true;
- redefineWsPrefix=false;
- }
-}
-
-std::string PreFormatter::getNextLine(){
-
- if (!wrapLines){
- hasMore = false;
- return line;
- }
-
- if (!index && line.length() > maxLineLength){ // erster Durchlauf...
- // wenn möglich an öffnender Klammer oder Geichheitszeichen ausrichten
- if (indentAfterOpenBraces){
- wsPrefixLength=line.find_first_of(INDENT_MARKERS);
- }
- // sonst die Einrückung der Originalzeile beibehalten
- if (wsPrefixLength==string::npos || wsPrefixLength-index>maxLineLength){
- wsPrefixLength=line.find_first_not_of(WS_CHARS);
- }
- else {
- // wsPrefix in allen neu umgebrochenen Zeilen durch Spaces ersetzen
- redefineWsPrefix=true;
- // Position hinter öffnende Klammer springen
- wsPrefixLength=line.find_first_not_of(WS_CHARS,wsPrefixLength+1);
- }
-
- if (wsPrefixLength!=string::npos){
- index = wsPrefixLength;
- // Falls Anzahl der Whitespaces am beginn der ersten zeile größer
- // als Max. Zeilenlänge, Whitespaces verwerfen
- if (wsPrefixLength>maxLineLength){
- wsPrefixLength=0;
- return string();
- }
- else{
- wsPrefix=line.substr(0, wsPrefixLength);
- }
- }
- // Zeile enthaelt nur Whitespace; verwerfen
- else {
- hasMore= false;
- return string();
- }
- } else {
- if (redefineWsPrefix){
- wsPrefix.clear();
- wsPrefix.append(wsPrefixLength, ' ');
- }
- redefineWsPrefix=false;
- }
-
- string resultString;
-
- // Position, ab der rckwaerts nach Umbruchmglichkeit gesucht wird
- unsigned int searchEndPos = maxLineLength - wsPrefixLength;
-
- // letztes Teilstueck der Zeile ausgeben; Parsen beenden
- if (line.length()-index < searchEndPos) {
- hasMore=false;
- resultString=(index>0) ? wsPrefix + line.substr(index) : line.substr(index);
- return resultString;
- }
-
- // Umbrechposition suchen
- size_t lbPos = line.find_last_of(LB_CHARS, index+searchEndPos);
- if (lbPos <= index || lbPos == string::npos) {
- // nichts gefunden, hart umbrechen
- lbPos = index + searchEndPos;
- }
- // Einrückung der Originalzeile erhalten
- resultString+=wsPrefix;
- // Neue Zeile erzeugen
- resultString += line.substr(index, lbPos-index+1);
-
- // Whitespace am neuen Zeilenbeginn ignorieren, ausser beim ersten Durchlauf
- //unsigned int newIndex=StringTools::getNextNonWsPos(line,lbPos+1);
- size_t newIndex=line.find_first_not_of(WS_CHARS, lbPos+1);
- index=(newIndex!=string::npos)?newIndex:line.length();
-
- hasMore=index!=line.length(); // unnoetigen Leerstring vermeiden
-
- return resultString;
-}
-
-void PreFormatter::setWrappingProperties(unsigned int maxLineLength, bool indentAfterOpenBraces){
- this->maxLineLength = maxLineLength;
- this->indentAfterOpenBraces = indentAfterOpenBraces;
-}
-
-void PreFormatter::setNumberSpaces(unsigned int num){
- numberSpaces = num;
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- PreFormatter.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mo Jan 03 2005
- copyright : (C) 2005 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef PreFormatter_H
-#define PreFormatter_H
-
-#define LB_CHARS " \t[](){}-+<>.:,;"
-#define WS_CHARS " \n\r\t"
-#define INDENT_MARKERS "{(="
-
-#include <string>
-#include <iostream>
-
-#include "stringtools.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/** \brief Class which provides intelligent line wrapping.
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class PreFormatter{
-public:
- /** Constructor
- */
- PreFormatter(bool wrap, bool replTabs);
-
- PreFormatter();
-
- ~PreFormatter();
-
- /**
- \return True if current line can be wrapped again
- */
- bool hasMoreLines();
-
- /**
- Sets new line to be wrapped
- \param newline New line
- */
- void setLine(const std::string newline);
-
- /**
- The method will indent function calls and statements
- \return Next line
- */
- std::string getNextLine();
-
- /**
- \return True if lines following open braces should be indented
- */
- bool indentCode();
-
- /**
- \param maxlength max. length of output lines
- \param indentAfterOpenBraces set true if lines should be indented after braces
- */
- void setWrappingProperties(unsigned int maxlength=80, bool indentAfterOpenBraces=true);
-
- /**
- \param num number of spaces which replace a tab
- */
-
- void setNumberSpaces(unsigned int num);
-
- /**
- \return true if preformatting is enabled
- */
- bool isEnabled(){
- return wrapLines || replaceTabs;
- }
-
-private:
-
- unsigned int maxLineLength;
-
- std::string line, wsPrefix;
- unsigned int index;
- unsigned int numberSpaces;
- size_t wsPrefixLength;
- bool hasMore, indentAfterOpenBraces;
- bool redefineWsPrefix;
- bool wrapLines, replaceTabs;
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- rtfcode.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Jul 9 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "rtfgenerator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-string RtfGenerator::formatStyleAttributes( const ElementStyle & col)
-{
- stringstream s;
- s << "\\red"<< col.getColour().getRTFRedValue()
- << "\\green"<<col.getColour().getRTFGreenValue()
- << "\\blue"<<col.getColour().getRTFBlueValue()
- << ";";
-
- return s.str();
-}
-
-string RtfGenerator::getOpenTag(int styleNumber,const ElementStyle & elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- s << "{\\cf"<<(styleNumber+1)<<"{";
- if (elem.isBold()) s << "\\b ";
- if (elem.isItalic()) s << "\\i ";
- if (elem.isUnderline()) s << "\\ul ";
- return s.str();
-}
-
-string RtfGenerator::getCloseTag(const ElementStyle &elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- if (elem.isBold()) s << "\\b0 ";
- if (elem.isItalic()) s << "\\i0 ";
- if (elem.isUnderline()) s << "\\ul0 ";
- s << "}}";
- return s.str();
-}
-
-RtfGenerator::RtfGenerator(const string &colourTheme)
- : CodeGenerator( colourTheme)
-{
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(STANDARD, docStyle.getDefaultStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(STRING, docStyle.getStringStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(NUMBER, docStyle.getNumberStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(SL_COMMENT, docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(ML_COMMENT_BEGIN,docStyle.getCommentStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(ESC_CHAR, docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(DIRECTIVE_LINE, docStyle.getDirectiveStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(DIRECTIVE_STRING, docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(LINENUMBER, docStyle.getLineStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag(SYMBOL, docStyle.getSymbolStyle()));
-
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getDefaultStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getStringStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getNumberStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getCommentStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getDirectiveStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getLineStyle()));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag(docStyle.getSymbolStyle()));
-
- newLineTag = "\\par\\pard\n";
- spacer = " ";
-}
-
-RtfGenerator::RtfGenerator()
-{}
-RtfGenerator::~RtfGenerator()
-{}
-
-string RtfGenerator::getHeader(const string & title)
-{
- return string();
-}
-
-void RtfGenerator::printBody()
-{
- *out << "{\\rtf1\\ansi\\uc0 \\deff1"
- << "{\\fonttbl{\\f1\\fmodern\\fprq1\\fcharset0 Courier;}}"
- << "{\\colortbl;";
-
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getDefaultStyle());
-
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getStringStyle());
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getNumberStyle());
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle());
-
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getCommentStyle());
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle());
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getDirectiveStyle());
-
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle());
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getLineStyle());
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getSymbolStyle());
-
- /* For output formats which can refer to external styles it is more safe
- to use the colour theme's keyword class names, since the language
- definitions (which may change during a batch conversion) do not have to define
- all keyword classes, that are needed to highlight all input files correctly.
- It is ok for RTF to use the language definition's class names, because RTF
- does not refer to external styles.
- We cannot use the theme's class names, because KSIterator returns an
- alphabetically ordered list, which is not good because RTF is dependent
- on the order. We access the keyword style with an ID, which is calculated
- ignoring the alphabetic order.
- */
- vector<string> keywordClasses = langInfo.getKeywordClasses();
- for (unsigned int i=0;i<keywordClasses.size();i++){
- *out << formatStyleAttributes(docStyle.getKeywordStyle(keywordClasses[i]));
- }
-
- *out << "}\n{\\info }\\paperw11900\\paperh16820\\margl560\\margr560\\margt840"
- << "\\margb840\\widowctrl\\ftnbj\\aenddoc\\formshade \\fet0\\sectd"
- << "\\linex0\\endnhere\\plain\\f1\\fs20\n\\pard ";
- processRootState();
- *out << "}}"<<endl;
-}
-
-
-string RtfGenerator::getFooter()
-{
- return string();
-}
-
-/** Gibt RTF-Code der Sonderzeichen zurueck */
-string RtfGenerator::maskCharacter(unsigned char c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case '}' :
- case '{' :
- case '\\' :
- {
- string m;
- m="\\";
- return m+=c;
- }
- break;
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- {
- string m;
- m="{";
- m+=c;
- m+="}";
- return m;
- }
- break;
- case AUML_LC:
- return "\\'e4";
- break;
- case OUML_LC:
- return "\\'f6";
- break;
- case UUML_LC:
- return "\\'fc";
- break;
- case AUML_UC:
- return "\\'c4";
- break;
- case OUML_UC:
- return "\\'d6";
- break;
- case UUML_UC:
- return "\\'dc";
- break;
-
- case AACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'e1";
- break;
- case EACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'e9";
- break;
- case OACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'f3";
- break;
- case UACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'fa";
- break;
-
- case AGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\'e0";
- break;
- case EGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\'e8";
- break;
- case OGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\'f2";
- break;
- case UGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\'f9";
- break;
-
- case AACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'c1";
- break;
- case EACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'c9";
- break;
- case OACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'d3";
- break;
- case UACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'da";
- break;
- case AGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\'c0";
- break;
- case EGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\'c8";
- break;
- case OGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\'d2";
- break;
- case UGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\'d9";
- break;
-
- case SZLIG:
- return "\\'df";
- break;
- // skip first byte of multibyte chracters
- /* #ifndef _WIN32
- case 195:
- return string("");
- break;
-#endif*/
-
- default :
- {
- string m;
- return m += c;
- }
- }
-}
-
-string RtfGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return getOpenTag(KEYWORD+styleID,
- docStyle.getKeywordStyle(langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]));
-}
-
-string RtfGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return getCloseTag(docStyle.getKeywordStyle(langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]));
-}
-
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- rtfcode.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Jul 9 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef RTFGENERATOR_H
-#define RTFGENERATOR_H
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "charcodes.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates RTF.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class RtfGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- */
- RtfGenerator( const string &colourTheme);
- RtfGenerator();
- ~RtfGenerator();
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string & title);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- private:
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
- /**\return text formatting attributes in RTF format */
- string formatStyleAttributes( const ElementStyle & col);
-
- /** gibt RTF-"Tags" zurueck (Farbindex+bold+kursiv)*/
- string getOpenTag(int styleNumber,const ElementStyle &);
-
- string getCloseTag(const ElementStyle &);
-
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
- };
-
-}
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- stringtools.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mon Dec 10 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "stringtools.h"
-
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <cctype>
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace StringTools
- {
-// Make a lowercase copy of s:
-// (C) Bruce Eckel, Thinking in C++ Vol 2
-
-string lowerCase(const string& s)
-{
- char* buf = new char[s.length()];
- s.copy(buf, s.length());
- for(unsigned int i = 0; i < s.length(); i++)
- buf[i] = tolower(buf[i]);
- string r(buf, s.length());
- delete buf;
- return r;
-}
-
-int str2int(string s)
-{
- istringstream os(s);
- int intVal;
- os >> intVal;
- return intVal;
-}
-
- bool isAlpha(unsigned char c)
- {
- return (isalpha(c) || c == '_');
- }
-
-string trimRight(const string &value)
- {
- string::size_type where = value.find_last_not_of(" \t\r");
-
- if (where == string::npos)
- // string has nothing but space
- return string();
-
- if (where == (value.length() - 1))
- // string has no trailing space, don't copy its contents
- return value;
-
- return value.substr(0, where + 1);
- }
-
-unsigned char getNextNonWs(const string &line, int index)
-{
- unsigned char c;
- do
- {
- c=line[index++];
- }
- while (isspace(c));
- return c;
-}
-
-string getParantheseVal(const string &s){
- string::size_type openPos=s.find('(');
- string::size_type closePos=s.rfind(')');
- if (openPos ==string::npos || closePos==string::npos){
- return string();
- }
- return s.substr(openPos+1, closePos-openPos-1);
-
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- stringtools.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mon Dec 10 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef STRINGTOOLS_H
-#define STRINGTOOLS_H
-
-#include <string>
-
-using namespace std;
-
-/**\brief Contains methods for string manipulation
- *@author Andre Simon
- */
-
-namespace StringTools
- {
-
- /** \param s String
- \returns lowercase string */
- string lowerCase(const string &s);
-
- /** \param s String
- \returns Integer value */
- int str2int(string s);
-
- /** \return true if c is alpa or underscore */
- bool isAlpha(unsigned char c);
-
- /** \param value String
- \return string trimmed on the left side
- */
- string trimRight(const string &value);
-
- /** \return next character in line starting from index, which is no whitespace*/
- unsigned char getNextNonWs(const string &line, int index=0);
-
- /** \param s String, containing a opening and a closing paranthesis
- \return value between "(", ")" */
- string getParantheseVal(const string &s);
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- stylecolour.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Nov 5 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "stylecolour.h"
-
-using std::string;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-StyleColour::StyleColour(const string & r_hex, const string & g_hex, const string & b_hex)
- : r(r_hex), g(g_hex), b(b_hex)
-{}
-StyleColour::StyleColour()
- : r("00"), g("00"), b("00")
-{}
-
-//Parst PArameter aus style-Datei
-StyleColour::StyleColour(const string & styleColourString)
-{
- setRGBValues(styleColourString);
-}
-
-void StyleColour::setRGBValues(const string & styleColourString){
- //Stringstream zum Einlesen der Tokens:
- istringstream valueStream(styleColourString.c_str());
- valueStream >> r;
- valueStream >> g;
- valueStream >> b;
-}
-
-void StyleColour::setRedValue(const string & r_hex)
-{
- r = r_hex;
-}
-
-void StyleColour::setGreenValue(const string & g_hex)
-{
- g = g_hex;
-}
-
-void StyleColour::setBlueValue(const string & b_hex)
-{
- b = b_hex;
-}
-
-string& StyleColour::getHexRedValue()
-{
- return r;
-}
-string& StyleColour::getHexGreenValue()
-{
- return g;
-}
-string& StyleColour::getHexBlueValue()
-{
- return b;
-}
-
-
-string StyleColour::getRTFRedValue()
-{
- return int2str(hex2dec(r));
-}
-string StyleColour::getRTFGreenValue()
-{
- return int2str(hex2dec(g));
-}
-string StyleColour::getRTFBlueValue()
-{
- return int2str(hex2dec(b));
-}
-
-
-string StyleColour::getLatexRedValue()
-{
- return float2str((float)hex2dec(r)/255);
-}
-string StyleColour::getLatexGreenValue()
-{
- return float2str((float)hex2dec(g)/255);
-}
-string StyleColour::getLatexBlueValue()
-{
- return float2str((float)hex2dec(b)/255);
-}
-
-// Konvertieren von RGB nach CYM
-string StyleColour::getTexRedValue()
-{
- return float2str(1-(float)hex2dec(r)/255);
-}
-string StyleColour::getTexGreenValue()
-{
- return float2str(1-(float)hex2dec(g)/255);
-}
-string StyleColour::getTexBlueValue()
-{
- return float2str(1-(float)hex2dec(b)/255);
-}
-
-
-string StyleColour::int2str(const int num)
-{
- std::ostringstream outStream;
- outStream << num;
-
- return outStream.str();
-}
-
-string StyleColour::float2str(const double num)
-{
- std::ostringstream outStream;
- outStream << ( floor ( num * 100 + .5 ) / 100);
-
- return outStream.str();
-}
-
-int StyleColour::hex2dec(const string &hexVal)
-{
-
- if (hexVal.length() != 2)
- return 0;
-
- unsigned int decVal=0, koeff=16;
-
- for (int i=0; i<2;i++ )
- {
- if ((hexVal[i] >= '0')&& (hexVal[i]<= '9' ))
- {
- decVal += (koeff * (hexVal[i]-'0'));
-
- }
- if ((hexVal[i] >= 'a')&& (hexVal[i]<= 'f' ))
- {
- decVal +=( koeff * (hexVal[i]-87));
- }
- if ((hexVal[i] >= 'A')&& (hexVal[i]<= 'F' ))
- {
- decVal += (koeff * (hexVal[i]-55));
- }
- koeff=1;
- }
- return decVal;
-}
-
-}
-
-/***************************************************************************
- stylecolour.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Die Nov 5 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef STYLECOLOUR_H
-#define STYLECOLOUR_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <cmath>
-#include <sstream>
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**\brief Stores colours and returns red, green and blue values in different formats
-* @author Andre Simon
- */
-
-class StyleColour
- {
- public:
- /** Constructor
- \param r_hex Red value in hex notation
- \param g_hex Blue value in hex notation
- \param b_hex Green value in hex notation
- */
- StyleColour(const string & r_hex, const string & g_hex, const string & b_hex);
-
- /** Constructor
- \param styleColourString String with rgb values
- */
- StyleColour(const string & styleColourString);
-
- StyleColour();
- ~StyleColour(){};
-
- /** Sets red, green and blue values
- \param styleColourString String containing colour attributes
- */
- void setRGBValues(const string & styleColourString);
-
- /** Sets red value
- \param r_hex New red value */
- void setRedValue(const string & r_hex);
-
- /** Sets green value
- \param g_hex New green value */
- void setGreenValue(const string & g_hex);
-
- /** Sets blue value
- \param b_hex New blue value */
- void setBlueValue(const string & b_hex);
-
- /** \return Red value in hex format */
- string& getHexRedValue();
- /** \return Green value in hex format */
- string& getHexGreenValue();
- /** \return Blue value in hex format */
- string& getHexBlueValue();
-
- /** \return Red value in latex format */
- string getLatexRedValue();
- /** \return Green value in latex format */
- string getLatexGreenValue();
- /** \return Blue value in latex format */
- string getLatexBlueValue();
-
- /** \return Red value in tex format */
- string getTexRedValue();
- /** \return Green value in tex format */
- string getTexGreenValue();
- /** \return Blue value in tex format */
- string getTexBlueValue();
-
- /** \return Red value in RTF format */
- string getRTFRedValue();
- /** \return Green value in RTF format */
- string getRTFGreenValue();
- /** \return Blue value in RTF format */
- string getRTFBlueValue();
-
- private:
- string r, g, b;
- string int2str(int);
- string float2str(double);
- int hex2dec(const string &hexVal);
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- TexGenerator.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mit Jul 24 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "texgenerator.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-TexGenerator::TexGenerator(const string &colourTheme):
- CodeGenerator( colourTheme)
-{
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlstd ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlstr ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlnum ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlslc ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlcom ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlesc ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hldir ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hldstr ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlline ");
- styleTagOpen.push_back( "{\\hlsym ");
- for (int i=0;i<NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES; i++) {
- styleTagClose.push_back( "}");
- }
-
- /*This makes TeX to use every par it encounters (the \\leavevmode has
- no effect when TeX is in horizontal mode and when TeX is in vertical
- mode, it switches it to horizontal mode).*/
- newLineTag="\\leavevmode\\par\n";
-
- spacer = "\\ ";
- maskWs=true;
- excludeWs=true;
- maskWsBegin = "{\\hlstd";
- maskWsEnd = "}";
- styleCommentOpen="%";
-}
-
-TexGenerator::TexGenerator()
-{}
-TexGenerator::~TexGenerator()
-{}
-
-string TexGenerator::formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName,const ElementStyle & elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- s << "\\def\\hl"
- << elemName
- << "{";
- if (elem.isBold())
- s << "\\bf";
- if (elem.isItalic())
- s << "\\it";
- s << "\\textColor{"
- << (elem.getColour().getTexRedValue())<<" "
- << (elem.getColour().getTexGreenValue())<<" "
- << (elem.getColour().getTexBlueValue())<<" 0.0}}\n";
- return s.str();
-}
-
-string TexGenerator::getHeader(const string & title)
-{
- ostringstream os;
-
- if (langInfo.getSyntaxHighlight()) {
- if (includeStyleDef) {
- os << "\n"<<getStyleDefinition();
- os << CodeGenerator::readUserStyleDef();
- } else {
- os << "\\input "
- << getStyleOutputPath()
- << "\n\n";
- }
- }
-
- return os.str();
-}
-
-void TexGenerator::printBody()
-{
- *out << "{\n\\tt\n";
-
- processRootState();
- *out << "}\n";
-}
-
-string TexGenerator::getFooter()
-{
- ostringstream os;
- os << "\\bye\n"
- << "% TeX generated by Highlight "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- << ", "
- << HIGHLIGHT_URL
- << endl;
- return os.str();
-}
-
-string TexGenerator:: maskCharacter(unsigned char c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case '{':
- case '}':
- {
- string m;
- m = "$\\";
- m += c;
- m += "$";
- return m;
- }
- break;
- case '^':
- return "{\\bf\\^{}}";
- break;
- case '_':
- return "\\_{}";
- break;
- case '&':
- case '$':
- case '#':
- case '%':
- {
- string m;
- m = "\\";
- m += c;
- return m;
- }
- break;
- case '\\':
- return "$\\backslash$";
- break;
- case ' ':
- return spacer;
- break;
- case '+':
- case '-':
- case '<':
- case '>':
- case '=':
- {
- string m;
- m = "$\\mathord{";
- m += c;
- m += "}$";
- return m;
- }
- break;
- case AUML_LC:
- return "\\\"a";
- break;
- case OUML_LC:
- return "\\\"o";
- break;
- case UUML_LC:
- return "\\\"u";
- break;
- case AUML_UC:
- return "\\\"A";
- break;
- case OUML_UC:
- return "\\\"O";
- break;
- case UUML_UC:
- return "\\\"U";
- break;
- case AACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'a";
- break;
- case EACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'e";
- break;
- case OACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'o";
- break;
- case UACUTE_LC:
- return "\\'u";
- break;
- case AGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`a";
- break;
- case EGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`e";
- break;
- case OGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`o";
- break;
- case UGRAVE_LC:
- return "\\`u";
- break;
- case AACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'A";
- break;
- case EACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'E";
- break;
- case OACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'O";
- break;
- case UACUTE_UC:
- return "\\'U";
- break;
- case AGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`A";
- break;
- case EGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`E";
- break;
- case UGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`O";
- break;
- case OGRAVE_UC:
- return "\\`U";
- break;
- case SZLIG:
- return "\\ss ";
- break;
- /* #ifndef _WIN32
- // skip first byte of multibyte chracters
- case 195:
- return string("");
- break;
-#endif*/
-
- default :
- string m;
- return m += c;
- }
-}
-
-string TexGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return "{\\hl"+langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]+" ";
- }
-
-string TexGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return "}";
-}
-
-
-string TexGenerator::getStyleDefinition()
-{
- if (styleDefinitionCache.empty()){
- ostringstream os;
- os << formatStyleAttributes("std", docStyle.getDefaultStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("num", docStyle.getNumberStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("esc", docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("str", docStyle.getStringStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("dstr", docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("slc", docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("com", docStyle.getCommentStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("dir", docStyle.getDirectiveStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("line", docStyle.getLineStyle());
- os << formatStyleAttributes("sym", docStyle.getSymbolStyle());
-
- KeywordStyles styles = docStyle.getKeywordStyles();
- for (KSIterator it=styles.begin(); it!=styles.end(); it++){
- os << formatStyleAttributes(it->first, *(it->second));
- }
-
- os << "% The special option is not supported by all dvi drivers\n"
- << "\\special{background rgb "
- << docStyle.getBgColour().getLatexRedValue() << " "
- << docStyle.getBgColour().getLatexGreenValue() << " "
- << docStyle.getBgColour().getLatexBlueValue() << "}";
- os << "\n\\nopagenumbers\n"
- << "\\input colordvi\n";
- styleDefinitionCache=os.str();
- }
- return styleDefinitionCache;
-}
-
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- texcode.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mit Jul 24 2002
- copyright : (C) 2002 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TEXGENERATOR_H
-#define TEXGENERATOR_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "charcodes.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates TeX.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class TexGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- */
- TexGenerator(const string &colourTheme);
- TexGenerator();
- ~TexGenerator();
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string & title);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- private:
-
- string styleDefinitionCache;
-
- string getStyleDefinition();
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
- /**\return text formatting attributes in RTF format */
- string formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName, const ElementStyle & elem);
-
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
-
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- version.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mon March 3 2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef VERSION_H
-#define VERSION_H
-
-#define HIGHLIGHT_VERSION "2.2-10"
-
-#define HIGHLIGHT_URL "http://www.andre-simon.de/"
-#define HIGHLIGHT_EMAIL "andre.simon1@gmx.de"
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- htmlcode.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Nov 28 2001
- copyright : (C) 2001 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "xhtmlgenerator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-XHtmlGenerator::XHtmlGenerator(void)
-{}
-
-XHtmlGenerator::XHtmlGenerator (
- const string &cssStyle,
- const string &enc,
- bool omitEnc,
- bool withAnchors)
- : HtmlGenerator(cssStyle, enc, omitEnc, withAnchors)
-{
- fileSuffix=".xhtml";
- brTag="<br />";
- hrTag="<hr />";
- idAttr="id";
-
- HTML_FOOTER=
- "\n</body>\n</html>\n<!--XHTML generated by highlight "
- HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- ", "
- HIGHLIGHT_URL
- "-->\n";
-}
-
-string XHtmlGenerator::getHeaderStart(const string &title){
- ostringstream header;
- header << "<?xml version=\"1.0\"";
- if (!omitEncoding) {
- header << " encoding=\"" << encoding << "\"";
- }
- header << "?>\n<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN\""
- << " \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd\">\n"
- << "<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">\n"
- << "<head>\n<title>" << title << "</title>\n";
-
- return header.str();
-}
-
-
-string XHtmlGenerator::getHeader(const string &title)
-{
- ostringstream osPart1;
- osPart1 << getHeaderStart((title.empty())?"Source file":title );
-
- if (langInfo.getSyntaxHighlight())
- {
- if (includeStyleDef) //CSS-Definition in HTML-<head> einfuegen
- {
- osPart1 << "<style type=\"text/css\">\n";
- osPart1 << "<![CDATA[\n";
- osPart1 << getStyleDefinition();
- osPart1 << CodeGenerator::readUserStyleDef();
- osPart1 << "]]>\n";
- osPart1 << "</style>\n";
- }
- else //Referenz auf CSS-Datei einfuegen
- {
- osPart1 << "<link rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\" href=\""
- << getStyleOutputPath()
- << "\""
- << "/"
- << ">\n";
- }
- }
- osPart1 << "</head>\n<body class=\"hl\">\n<pre class=\"hl\">";
-
- return osPart1.str();
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- xhtmlgenerator.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Mo Jun 21 2004
- copyright : (C) 2004 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef XHTMLGENERATOR_H
-#define XHTMLGENERATOR_H
-
-#include "htmlgenerator.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates XHTML.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-
-class XHtmlGenerator : public highlight::HtmlGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- \param enc encoding name
- \param omitEnc switch to omit encoding information
- \param withAnchors Test if HTML anchors should be attached to line numbers
- */
- XHtmlGenerator(const string &colourTheme,
- const string &enc,
- bool omitEnc=false,
- bool withAnchors = false);
-
- XHtmlGenerator();
-
- /** Destructor*/
- virtual ~XHtmlGenerator() {};
-
- private:
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string &title);
-
- string getHeaderStart(const string &title);
-
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- xmlcode.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Do 20.01.2005
- copyright : (C) 2005 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "xmlgenerator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-namespace highlight {
-
- XmlGenerator::XmlGenerator(const string &colourTheme,const string &enc, bool omitEnc)
- : CodeGenerator(colourTheme),
- encoding(enc), omitEncoding(omitEnc)
-{
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("def"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("str"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("num"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("slc"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("com"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("esc"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("dir"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("dstr"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("line"));
- styleTagOpen.push_back(getOpenTag("sym"));
-
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("def"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("str"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("num"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("slc"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("com"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("esc"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("dir"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("dstr"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("line"));
- styleTagClose.push_back(getCloseTag("sym"));
-
- spacer = " ";
- newLineTag = "<br />\n";
-}
-
-string XmlGenerator::getStyleDefinition()
-{
- if (styleDefinitionCache.empty()) {
- ostringstream os;
- os << "\n<style>\n"
- << "\t<bgcolor value=\""
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexBlueValue())
- << "\" />\n"
- << "\t<font size=\""
- << docStyle.getFontSize()
- << "\" family=\"Courier\" />\n";
-
- os << formatStyleAttributes("def", docStyle.getDefaultStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("num", docStyle.getNumberStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("esc", docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("str", docStyle.getStringStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("dstr", docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("slc", docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("com", docStyle.getCommentStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("dir", docStyle.getDirectiveStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("sym", docStyle.getSymbolStyle())
- << formatStyleAttributes("line", docStyle.getLineStyle());
-
- KeywordStyles styles = docStyle.getKeywordStyles();
- for (KSIterator it=styles.begin(); it!=styles.end(); it++){
- os << formatStyleAttributes(it->first, *(it->second));
- }
- os << "</style>\n";
- styleDefinitionCache=os.str();
- }
- return styleDefinitionCache;
-}
-
-
-string XmlGenerator::formatStyleAttributes(const string & elemName,
- const ElementStyle & elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- s << "\t<class name=\""
- << elemName
- <<"\" color=\""
- << (elem.getColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (elem.getColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (elem.getColour().getHexBlueValue() )
- << "\" bold=\""
- << ( elem.isBold() ? "true" :"false" )
- << "\" italic=\""
- << ( elem.isItalic() ? "true" :"false" )
- << "\" underline=\""
- << ( elem.isUnderline() ? "true" :"false" )
- << "\" />\n" ;
- return s.str();
-}
-
-
-XmlGenerator::XmlGenerator()
-{}
-XmlGenerator::~XmlGenerator()
-{}
-
-string XmlGenerator::getOpenTag(const string& styleName ){
- return "<"+styleName+">";
-}
-
-string XmlGenerator::getCloseTag(const string& styleName ){
- return "</"+styleName+">";
-}
-
-string XmlGenerator::getHeader(const string & title)
-{
- ostringstream header;
- header << "<?xml version=\"1.0\"";
- if (!omitEncoding) {
- header << " encoding=\"" << encoding << "\"";
- }
- header << "?>\n<document>" << getStyleDefinition();
- return header.str();
-}
-
-void XmlGenerator::printBody()
-{
- *out << "<source>\n";
- processRootState();
- *out << "</source>\n";
-}
-
-
-string XmlGenerator::getFooter()
-{
- ostringstream os;
- os <<"</document>\n";
- os<< "<!-- XML generated by Highlight "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- << ", "
- << HIGHLIGHT_URL
- <<" -->\n";
- return os.str();
-}
-
-string XmlGenerator::maskCharacter(unsigned char c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case '<' :
- return "&lt;";
- break;
- case '>' :
- return "&gt;";
- break;
- case '&' :
- return "&amp;";
- break;
- case '\"' :
- return "&quot;";
- break;
-
-// skip first byte of multibyte chracters
- /* #ifndef _WIN32
- case 195:
- return string("");
- break;
-#endif*/
-
- default:
- string m;
- m += c;
- return m;
- }
-}
-
-/*string XmlGenerator::getNewLine(){
- string nlStr;
- if (currentState!=_UNKNOWN){
- nlStr+=styleTagClose[getStyleID(currentState, currentKeywordClass)];
- }
- nlStr += newLineTag;
- if (currentState!=_UNKNOWN){
- nlStr+=styleTagOpen[getStyleID(currentState, currentKeywordClass)];
- }
- return nlStr;
-}
-*/
-string XmlGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return getOpenTag(langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]);
-}
-
-string XmlGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return getCloseTag(langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]);
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- xmlcode.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Do 20.01.2005
- copyright : (C) 2005 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef XMLGENERATOR_H
-#define XMLGENERATOR_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iostream>
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates XML.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class XmlGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- \param enc encoding name
- \param omitEnc switch to omit encoding information
- */
- XmlGenerator( const string &colourTheme,const string &enc, bool omitEnc=false);
-
- XmlGenerator();
-
- ~XmlGenerator();
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string & title);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- private:
-
- string styleDefinitionCache, encoding;
-
- bool omitEncoding;
-
- string getStyleDefinition();
-
- string formatStyleAttributes(const string &, const ElementStyle &);
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
-
-// string getNewLine();
-
- string getOpenTag(const string& );
- string getCloseTag(const string& );
-
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
-/***************************************************************************
- xslfocode.cpp - description
- -------------------
- begin : Do 11.12.2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by André Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "xslfogenerator.h"
-
-using namespace std;
-namespace highlight {
-
-XslFoGenerator::XslFoGenerator(const string &colourTheme,
- const string &enc,
- bool omitEnc,
- bool fopCompatible)
- : CodeGenerator(colourTheme),
- encoding(enc),
- fopOutput(fopCompatible),
- omitEncoding(omitEnc)
-{
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getDefaultStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getStringStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getNumberStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getSingleLineCommentStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getCommentStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getEscapeCharStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getDirectiveStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getDirectiveStringStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getLineStyle()));
- styleTagOpen.push_back( getOpenTag(docStyle.getSymbolStyle()));
- snl << " <fo:block font-size=\""
- << docStyle.getFontSize()
- << "pt\" font-family=\"Courier\" white-space-collapse=\"false\" "
- << "wrap-option=\"wrap\" line-height=\"12pt\" background-color=\"#"
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (docStyle.getBgColour().getHexBlueValue())
- << "\">";
-
- for (int i=0;i<NUMBER_BUILTIN_STYLES; i++)
- {
- styleTagClose.push_back( "</fo:inline>");
- }
- if (fopOutput)
- newLineTag ="</fo:block>\n<fo:block>";
- else
- newLineTag ="</fo:block>\n"+ snl.str();
-
- spacer = " ";
-}
-
-XslFoGenerator::XslFoGenerator()
-{}
-XslFoGenerator::~XslFoGenerator()
-{}
-
-string XslFoGenerator::getOpenTag(const ElementStyle &elem)
-{
- ostringstream s;
- s << "<fo:inline color=\"#"
- << (elem.getColour().getHexRedValue())
- << (elem.getColour().getHexGreenValue())
- << (elem.getColour().getHexBlueValue())
- << "\"";
- s << ( elem.isBold() ?" font-weight=\"bold\"" :"" )
- << ( elem.isItalic() ?" font-style=\"italic\"" :"" )
- << ( elem.isUnderline() ?" text-decoration=\"underline\"" :"" );
- s << ">";
- return s.str();
-}
-
-string XslFoGenerator::getHeader(const string & title)
-{
- ostringstream os;
- os << "<?xml version=\"1.0\"";
- if (!omitEncoding) {
- os << " encoding=\"" << encoding << "\"";
- }
- os << "?>\n<fo:root xmlns:fo=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format\">\n"
- << "<fo:layout-master-set>\n"
- << "<fo:simple-page-master master-name=\"DINA4\"\n"
- << " page-height=\"29.7cm\"\n"
- << " page-width=\"21cm\"\n"
- << " margin-top=\"1cm\"\n"
- << " margin-bottom=\"2cm\"\n"
- << " margin-left=\"2.5cm\"\n"
- << " margin-right=\"2.5cm\">\n"
- << "<fo:region-body />\n"
- << "</fo:simple-page-master>\n"
- << "<fo:page-sequence-master master-name=\"basic\">\n"
- << "<fo:repeatable-page-master-alternatives>\n"
- << "<fo:conditional-page-master-reference master-reference=\"DINA4\" />\n"
- << "</fo:repeatable-page-master-alternatives>\n"
- << "</fo:page-sequence-master>\n"
- << "</fo:layout-master-set>\n\n"
- << "<fo:page-sequence master-reference=\"basic\">\n"
- << " <fo:flow flow-name=\"xsl-region-body\">\n";
- if (fopOutput)
- os << snl.str()<< "<fo:block>";
- else
- os << snl.str();
-
- return os.str();
-}
-
-/** gibt RTF-Text aus */
-void XslFoGenerator::printBody()
-{
- processRootState();
-}
-
-
-string XslFoGenerator::getFooter()
-{
- ostringstream os;
- if (fopOutput)
- os <<"\n</fo:block>";
- os <<"\n</fo:block>\n </fo:flow>\n</fo:page-sequence>\n</fo:root>"<<endl
- << "<!-- XSL-FO generated by Highlight "
- << HIGHLIGHT_VERSION
- << ", "
- << HIGHLIGHT_URL
- <<" -->\n";
- return os.str();
-}
-
-/** Gibt RTF-Code der Sonderzeichen zurueck */
-string XslFoGenerator::maskCharacter(unsigned char c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case '<' :
- return "&lt;";
- break;
- case '>' :
- return "&gt;";
- break;
- case '&' :
- return "&amp;";
- break;
- case '\"' :
- return "&quot;";
- break;
-
-// skip first byte of multibyte chracters
- /*#ifndef _WIN32
- case 195:
- return string("");
- break;
-#endif*/
-
- default:
- string m;
- m += c;
- return m;
- }
-}
-
-/*string XslFoGenerator::getNewLine(){
- string nlStr;
-
- if (currentState!=_UNKNOWN){
- nlStr+=styleTagClose[getStyleID(currentState, currentKeywordClass)];
-}
- nlStr += newLineTag;
- if (currentState!=_UNKNOWN){
- nlStr+=styleTagOpen[getStyleID(currentState, currentKeywordClass)];
-}
- return nlStr;
-}*/
-
-string XslFoGenerator::getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return getOpenTag(docStyle.getKeywordStyle(langInfo.getKeywordClasses()[styleID]));
-}
-
-string XslFoGenerator::getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID){
- return "</fo:inline>";
-}
-
-}
-/***************************************************************************
- xslfocode.h - description
- -------------------
- begin : Do 11.12.2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by Andre Simon
- email : andre.simon1@gmx.de
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
- * (at your option) any later version. *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef XSLFOGENERATOR_H
-#define XSLFOGENERATOR_H
-
-
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-
-#include "codegenerator.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-namespace highlight {
-
-/**
- \brief This class generates XSL-FO.
-
- It contains information about the resulting document structure (document
- header and footer), the colour system, white space handling and text
- formatting attributes.
-
-* @author Andre Simon
-*/
-
-class XslFoGenerator : public highlight::CodeGenerator
- {
- public:
-
- /** Constructor
- \param colourTheme Name of Colour theme to use
- \param enc encoding name
- \param omitEnc switch to omit encoding information
- \param fopCompatible Test if output should be compatible with Apache FOP 0.20.5
- */
- XslFoGenerator( const string &colourTheme,
- const string &enc,
- bool omitEnc=false,
- bool fopCompatible=false);
-
- XslFoGenerator();
-
- ~XslFoGenerator();
-
- /** prints document header
- \param title Title of the document
- */
- string getHeader(const string & title);
-
- /** Prints document footer*/
- string getFooter();
-
- /** Prints document body*/
- void printBody();
-
- private:
- ostringstream snl;
-
- string styleDefinition, encoding;
- bool fopOutput, omitEncoding;
-
- /** \return escaped character*/
- virtual string maskCharacter(unsigned char );
-
- string getOpenTag(const ElementStyle &);
-
- // string getNewLine();
-
- string getMatchingOpenTag(unsigned int styleID);
- string getMatchingCloseTag(unsigned int styleID);
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif
View Lorry Controller Status